|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 2 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | adjusted by the percentage increase in the Consumer Price Index |
2 | | for All Urban Consumers as issued by the United States |
3 | | Department of Labor for the immediately preceding fiscal year. |
4 | | Section 10. The Illinois Income Tax Act is amended by |
5 | | changing Sections 201, 203, and 212 and by adding Section 247 |
6 | | as follows: |
7 | | (35 ILCS 5/201) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-201) |
8 | | Sec. 201. Tax Imposed. |
9 | | (a) In general. A tax measured by net income is hereby |
10 | | imposed on every
individual, corporation, trust and estate for |
11 | | each taxable year ending
after July 31, 1969 on the privilege |
12 | | of earning or receiving income in or
as a resident of this |
13 | | State. Such tax shall be in addition to all other
occupation or |
14 | | privilege taxes imposed by this State or by any municipal
|
15 | | corporation or political subdivision thereof. |
16 | | (b) Rates. The tax imposed by subsection (a) of this |
17 | | Section shall be
determined as follows, except as adjusted by |
18 | | subsection (d-1): |
19 | | (1) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
20 | | taxable years
ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal |
21 | | to 2 1/2% of the taxpayer's
net income for the taxable |
22 | | year. |
23 | | (2) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
24 | | taxable years
beginning prior to July 1, 1989 and ending |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 3 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | after June 30, 1989, an amount
equal to the sum of (i) 2 |
2 | | 1/2% of the taxpayer's net income for the period
prior to |
3 | | July 1, 1989, as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) |
4 | | 3% of the
taxpayer's net income for the period after June |
5 | | 30, 1989, as calculated
under Section 202.3. |
6 | | (3) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, for |
7 | | taxable years
beginning after June 30, 1989 and before |
8 | | January 1, 2011 , an amount equal to 3% of the taxpayer's |
9 | | net
income for the taxable year. |
10 | | (3.5) In the case of an individual, trust or estate, |
11 | | for taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, an |
12 | | amount equal to 5% of the taxpayer's net income for the |
13 | | taxable year. |
14 | | (4) (Blank). |
15 | | (5) (Blank). |
16 | | (6) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years
|
17 | | ending prior to July 1, 1989, an amount equal to 4% of the
|
18 | | taxpayer's net income for the taxable year. |
19 | | (7) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
20 | | beginning prior to
July 1, 1989 and ending after June 30, |
21 | | 1989, an amount equal to the sum of
(i) 4% of the |
22 | | taxpayer's net income for the period prior to July 1, 1989,
|
23 | | as calculated under Section 202.3, and (ii) 4.8% of the |
24 | | taxpayer's net
income for the period after June 30, 1989, |
25 | | as calculated under Section
202.3. |
26 | | (8) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 4 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | beginning after
June 30, 1989 and before January 1, 2011 , |
2 | | an amount equal to 4.8% of the taxpayer's net income for |
3 | | the
taxable year. |
4 | | (9) In the case of a corporation, for taxable years |
5 | | beginning on or after January 1, 2011, an amount equal to |
6 | | 5% of the taxpayer's net income for the taxable year. |
7 | | (c) Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax.
|
8 | | Beginning on July 1, 1979 and thereafter, in addition to such |
9 | | income
tax, there is also hereby imposed the Personal Property |
10 | | Tax Replacement
Income Tax measured by net income on every |
11 | | corporation (including Subchapter
S corporations), partnership |
12 | | and trust, for each taxable year ending after
June 30, 1979. |
13 | | Such taxes are imposed on the privilege of earning or
receiving |
14 | | income in or as a resident of this State. The Personal Property
|
15 | | Tax Replacement Income Tax shall be in addition to the income |
16 | | tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section and in |
17 | | addition to all other
occupation or privilege taxes imposed by |
18 | | this State or by any municipal
corporation or political |
19 | | subdivision thereof. |
20 | | (d) Additional Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
21 | | Tax Rates.
The personal property tax replacement income tax |
22 | | imposed by this subsection
and subsection (c) of this Section |
23 | | in the case of a corporation, other
than a Subchapter S |
24 | | corporation and except as adjusted by subsection (d-1),
shall |
25 | | be an additional amount equal to
2.85% of such taxpayer's net |
26 | | income for the taxable year, except that
beginning on January |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 5 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | 1, 1981, and thereafter, the rate of 2.85% specified
in this |
2 | | subsection shall be reduced to 2.5%, and in the case of a
|
3 | | partnership, trust or a Subchapter S corporation shall be an |
4 | | additional
amount equal to 1.5% of such taxpayer's net income |
5 | | for the taxable year. |
6 | | (d-1) Rate reduction for certain foreign insurers. In the |
7 | | case of a
foreign insurer, as defined by Section 35A-5 of the |
8 | | Illinois Insurance Code,
whose state or country of domicile |
9 | | imposes on insurers domiciled in Illinois
a retaliatory tax |
10 | | (excluding any insurer
whose premiums from reinsurance assumed |
11 | | are 50% or more of its total insurance
premiums as determined |
12 | | under paragraph (2) of subsection (b) of Section 304,
except |
13 | | that for purposes of this determination premiums from |
14 | | reinsurance do
not include premiums from inter-affiliate |
15 | | reinsurance arrangements),
beginning with taxable years ending |
16 | | on or after December 31, 1999,
the sum of
the rates of tax |
17 | | imposed by subsections (b) and (d) shall be reduced (but not
|
18 | | increased) to the rate at which the total amount of tax imposed |
19 | | under this Act,
net of all credits allowed under this Act, |
20 | | shall equal (i) the total amount of
tax that would be imposed |
21 | | on the foreign insurer's net income allocable to
Illinois for |
22 | | the taxable year by such foreign insurer's state or country of
|
23 | | domicile if that net income were subject to all income taxes |
24 | | and taxes
measured by net income imposed by such foreign |
25 | | insurer's state or country of
domicile, net of all credits |
26 | | allowed or (ii) a rate of zero if no such tax is
imposed on such |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 6 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | income by the foreign insurer's state of domicile.
For the |
2 | | purposes of this subsection (d-1), an inter-affiliate includes |
3 | | a
mutual insurer under common management. |
4 | | (1) For the purposes of subsection (d-1), in no event |
5 | | shall the sum of the
rates of tax imposed by subsections |
6 | | (b) and (d) be reduced below the rate at
which the sum of: |
7 | | (A) the total amount of tax imposed on such foreign |
8 | | insurer under
this Act for a taxable year, net of all |
9 | | credits allowed under this Act, plus |
10 | | (B) the privilege tax imposed by Section 409 of the |
11 | | Illinois Insurance
Code, the fire insurance company |
12 | | tax imposed by Section 12 of the Fire
Investigation |
13 | | Act, and the fire department taxes imposed under |
14 | | Section 11-10-1
of the Illinois Municipal Code, |
15 | | equals 1.25% for taxable years ending prior to December 31, |
16 | | 2003, or
1.75% for taxable years ending on or after |
17 | | December 31, 2003, of the net
taxable premiums written for |
18 | | the taxable year,
as described by subsection (1) of Section |
19 | | 409 of the Illinois Insurance Code.
This paragraph will in |
20 | | no event increase the rates imposed under subsections
(b) |
21 | | and (d). |
22 | | (2) Any reduction in the rates of tax imposed by this |
23 | | subsection shall be
applied first against the rates imposed |
24 | | by subsection (b) and only after the
tax imposed by |
25 | | subsection (a) net of all credits allowed under this |
26 | | Section
other than the credit allowed under subsection (i) |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 7 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | has been reduced to zero,
against the rates imposed by |
2 | | subsection (d). |
3 | | This subsection (d-1) is exempt from the provisions of |
4 | | Section 250. |
5 | | (e) Investment credit. A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit
|
6 | | against the Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax for
|
7 | | investment in qualified property. |
8 | | (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit equal to .5% |
9 | | of
the basis of qualified property placed in service during |
10 | | the taxable year,
provided such property is placed in |
11 | | service on or after
July 1, 1984. There shall be allowed an |
12 | | additional credit equal
to .5% of the basis of qualified |
13 | | property placed in service during the
taxable year, |
14 | | provided such property is placed in service on or
after |
15 | | July 1, 1986, and the taxpayer's base employment
within |
16 | | Illinois has increased by 1% or more over the preceding |
17 | | year as
determined by the taxpayer's employment records |
18 | | filed with the
Illinois Department of Employment Security. |
19 | | Taxpayers who are new to
Illinois shall be deemed to have |
20 | | met the 1% growth in base employment for
the first year in |
21 | | which they file employment records with the Illinois
|
22 | | Department of Employment Security. The provisions added to |
23 | | this Section by
Public Act 85-1200 (and restored by Public |
24 | | Act 87-895) shall be
construed as declaratory of existing |
25 | | law and not as a new enactment. If,
in any year, the |
26 | | increase in base employment within Illinois over the
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 8 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | preceding year is less than 1%, the additional credit shall |
2 | | be limited to that
percentage times a fraction, the |
3 | | numerator of which is .5% and the denominator
of which is |
4 | | 1%, but shall not exceed .5%. The investment credit shall |
5 | | not be
allowed to the extent that it would reduce a |
6 | | taxpayer's liability in any tax
year below zero, nor may |
7 | | any credit for qualified property be allowed for any
year |
8 | | other than the year in which the property was placed in |
9 | | service in
Illinois. For tax years ending on or after |
10 | | December 31, 1987, and on or
before December 31, 1988, the |
11 | | credit shall be allowed for the tax year in
which the |
12 | | property is placed in service, or, if the amount of the |
13 | | credit
exceeds the tax liability for that year, whether it |
14 | | exceeds the original
liability or the liability as later |
15 | | amended, such excess may be carried
forward and applied to |
16 | | the tax liability of the 5 taxable years following
the |
17 | | excess credit years if the taxpayer (i) makes investments |
18 | | which cause
the creation of a minimum of 2,000 full-time |
19 | | equivalent jobs in Illinois,
(ii) is located in an |
20 | | enterprise zone established pursuant to the Illinois
|
21 | | Enterprise Zone Act and (iii) is certified by the |
22 | | Department of Commerce
and Community Affairs (now |
23 | | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity) as |
24 | | complying with the requirements specified in
clause (i) and |
25 | | (ii) by July 1, 1986. The Department of Commerce and
|
26 | | Community Affairs (now Department of Commerce and Economic |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 9 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Opportunity) shall notify the Department of Revenue of all |
2 | | such
certifications immediately. For tax years ending |
3 | | after December 31, 1988,
the credit shall be allowed for |
4 | | the tax year in which the property is
placed in service, |
5 | | or, if the amount of the credit exceeds the tax
liability |
6 | | for that year, whether it exceeds the original liability or |
7 | | the
liability as later amended, such excess may be carried |
8 | | forward and applied
to the tax liability of the 5 taxable |
9 | | years following the excess credit
years. The credit shall |
10 | | be applied to the earliest year for which there is
a |
11 | | liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
12 | | that is
available to offset a liability, earlier credit |
13 | | shall be applied first. |
14 | | (2) The term "qualified property" means property |
15 | | which: |
16 | | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
17 | | buildings and structural
components of buildings and |
18 | | signs that are real property, but not including
land or |
19 | | improvements to real property that are not a structural |
20 | | component of a
building such as landscaping, sewer |
21 | | lines, local access roads, fencing, parking
lots, and |
22 | | other appurtenances; |
23 | | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
24 | | Internal Revenue Code,
except that "3-year property" |
25 | | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of that
Code is not |
26 | | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 10 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (e); |
2 | | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
3 | | 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code; |
4 | | (D) is used in Illinois by a taxpayer who is |
5 | | primarily engaged in
manufacturing, or in mining coal |
6 | | or fluorite, or in retailing, or was placed in service |
7 | | on or after July 1, 2006 in a River Edge Redevelopment |
8 | | Zone established pursuant to the River Edge |
9 | | Redevelopment Zone Act; and |
10 | | (E) has not previously been used in Illinois in |
11 | | such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
12 | | the credit provided by this subsection
(e) or |
13 | | subsection (f). |
14 | | (3) For purposes of this subsection (e), |
15 | | "manufacturing" means
the material staging and production |
16 | | of tangible personal property by
procedures commonly |
17 | | regarded as manufacturing, processing, fabrication, or
|
18 | | assembling which changes some existing material into new |
19 | | shapes, new
qualities, or new combinations. For purposes of |
20 | | this subsection
(e) the term "mining" shall have the same |
21 | | meaning as the term "mining" in
Section 613(c) of the |
22 | | Internal Revenue Code. For purposes of this subsection
(e), |
23 | | the term "retailing" means the sale of tangible personal |
24 | | property for use or consumption and not for resale, or
|
25 | | services rendered in conjunction with the sale of tangible |
26 | | personal property for use or consumption and not for |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 11 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | resale. For purposes of this subsection (e), "tangible |
2 | | personal property" has the same meaning as when that term |
3 | | is used in the Retailers' Occupation Tax Act, and, for |
4 | | taxable years ending after December 31, 2008, does not |
5 | | include the generation, transmission, or distribution of |
6 | | electricity. |
7 | | (4) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis
|
8 | | used to compute the depreciation deduction for federal |
9 | | income tax purposes. |
10 | | (5) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
11 | | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
12 | | in service in Illinois by
the taxpayer, the amount of such |
13 | | increase shall be deemed property placed
in service on the |
14 | | date of such increase in basis. |
15 | | (6) The term "placed in service" shall have the same
|
16 | | meaning as under Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code. |
17 | | (7) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to
|
18 | | be qualified property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
19 | | 48 months after
being placed in service, or the situs of |
20 | | any qualified property is
moved outside Illinois within 48 |
21 | | months after being placed in service, the
Personal Property |
22 | | Tax Replacement Income Tax for such taxable year shall be
|
23 | | increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
24 | | recomputing the
investment credit which would have been |
25 | | allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
26 | | originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 12 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | computation and, (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
2 | | from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
3 | | purposes of this
paragraph (7), a reduction of the basis of |
4 | | qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
5 | | purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
6 | | property to the extent of such reduction. |
7 | | (8) Unless the investment credit is extended by law, |
8 | | the
basis of qualified property shall not include costs |
9 | | incurred after
December 31, 2013, except for costs incurred |
10 | | pursuant to a binding
contract entered into on or before |
11 | | December 31, 2013. |
12 | | (9) Each taxable year ending before December 31, 2000, |
13 | | a partnership may
elect to pass through to its
partners the |
14 | | credits to which the partnership is entitled under this |
15 | | subsection
(e) for the taxable year. A partner may use the |
16 | | credit allocated to him or her
under this paragraph only |
17 | | against the tax imposed in subsections (c) and (d) of
this |
18 | | Section. If the partnership makes that election, those |
19 | | credits shall be
allocated among the partners in the |
20 | | partnership in accordance with the rules
set forth in |
21 | | Section 704(b) of the Internal Revenue Code, and the rules
|
22 | | promulgated under that Section, and the allocated amount of |
23 | | the credits shall
be allowed to the partners for that |
24 | | taxable year. The partnership shall make
this election on |
25 | | its Personal Property Tax Replacement Income Tax return for
|
26 | | that taxable year. The election to pass through the credits |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 13 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | shall be
irrevocable. |
2 | | For taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2000, |
3 | | a
partner that qualifies its
partnership for a subtraction |
4 | | under subparagraph (I) of paragraph (2) of
subsection (d) |
5 | | of Section 203 or a shareholder that qualifies a Subchapter |
6 | | S
corporation for a subtraction under subparagraph (S) of |
7 | | paragraph (2) of
subsection (b) of Section 203 shall be |
8 | | allowed a credit under this subsection
(e) equal to its |
9 | | share of the credit earned under this subsection (e) during
|
10 | | the taxable year by the partnership or Subchapter S |
11 | | corporation, determined in
accordance with the |
12 | | determination of income and distributive share of
income |
13 | | under Sections 702 and 704 and Subchapter S of the Internal |
14 | | Revenue
Code. This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
15 | | of Section 250. |
16 | | (f) Investment credit; Enterprise Zone; River Edge |
17 | | Redevelopment Zone. |
18 | | (1) A taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the |
19 | | tax imposed
by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
20 | | investment in qualified
property which is placed in service |
21 | | in an Enterprise Zone created
pursuant to the Illinois |
22 | | Enterprise Zone Act or, for property placed in service on |
23 | | or after July 1, 2006, a River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
24 | | established pursuant to the River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
25 | | Act. For partners, shareholders
of Subchapter S |
26 | | corporations, and owners of limited liability companies,
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 14 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | if the liability company is treated as a partnership for |
2 | | purposes of
federal and State income taxation, there shall |
3 | | be allowed a credit under
this subsection (f) to be |
4 | | determined in accordance with the determination
of income |
5 | | and distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 |
6 | | and
Subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. The credit |
7 | | shall be .5% of the
basis for such property. The credit |
8 | | shall be available only in the taxable
year in which the |
9 | | property is placed in service in the Enterprise Zone or |
10 | | River Edge Redevelopment Zone and
shall not be allowed to |
11 | | the extent that it would reduce a taxpayer's
liability for |
12 | | the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section |
13 | | to
below zero. For tax years ending on or after December |
14 | | 31, 1985, the credit
shall be allowed for the tax year in |
15 | | which the property is placed in
service, or, if the amount |
16 | | of the credit exceeds the tax liability for that
year, |
17 | | whether it exceeds the original liability or the liability |
18 | | as later
amended, such excess may be carried forward and |
19 | | applied to the tax
liability of the 5 taxable years |
20 | | following the excess credit year.
The credit shall be |
21 | | applied to the earliest year for which there is a
|
22 | | liability. If there is credit from more than one tax year |
23 | | that is available
to offset a liability, the credit |
24 | | accruing first in time shall be applied
first. |
25 | | (2) The term qualified property means property which: |
26 | | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 15 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | buildings and
structural components of buildings; |
2 | | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
3 | | Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
4 | | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
5 | | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
6 | | (f); |
7 | | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
8 | | 179(d) of
the Internal Revenue Code; |
9 | | (D) is used in the Enterprise Zone or River Edge |
10 | | Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer; and |
11 | | (E) has not been previously used in Illinois in |
12 | | such a manner and by
such a person as would qualify for |
13 | | the credit provided by this subsection
(f) or |
14 | | subsection (e). |
15 | | (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
16 | | used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
17 | | income tax purposes. |
18 | | (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
19 | | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
20 | | in service in the Enterprise
Zone or River Edge |
21 | | Redevelopment Zone by the taxpayer, the amount of such |
22 | | increase shall be deemed property
placed in service on the |
23 | | date of such increase in basis. |
24 | | (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
25 | | meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code. |
26 | | (6) If during any taxable year, any property ceases to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 16 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | be qualified
property in the hands of the taxpayer within |
2 | | 48 months after being placed
in service, or the situs of |
3 | | any qualified property is moved outside the
Enterprise Zone |
4 | | or River Edge Redevelopment Zone within 48 months after |
5 | | being placed in service, the tax
imposed under subsections |
6 | | (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable year
shall be |
7 | | increased. Such increase shall be determined by (i) |
8 | | recomputing
the investment credit which would have been |
9 | | allowed for the year in which
credit for such property was |
10 | | originally allowed by eliminating such
property from such |
11 | | computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed credit
|
12 | | from the amount of credit previously allowed. For the |
13 | | purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the basis of |
14 | | qualified property resulting
from a redetermination of the |
15 | | purchase price shall be deemed a disposition
of qualified |
16 | | property to the extent of such reduction. |
17 | | (7) There shall be allowed an additional credit equal |
18 | | to 0.5% of the basis of qualified property placed in |
19 | | service during the taxable year in a River Edge |
20 | | Redevelopment Zone, provided such property is placed in |
21 | | service on or after July 1, 2006, and the taxpayer's base |
22 | | employment within Illinois has increased by 1% or more over |
23 | | the preceding year as determined by the taxpayer's |
24 | | employment records filed with the Illinois Department of |
25 | | Employment Security. Taxpayers who are new to Illinois |
26 | | shall be deemed to have met the 1% growth in base |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 17 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | employment for the first year in which they file employment |
2 | | records with the Illinois Department of Employment |
3 | | Security. If, in any year, the increase in base employment |
4 | | within Illinois over the preceding year is less than 1%, |
5 | | the additional credit shall be limited to that percentage |
6 | | times a fraction, the numerator of which is 0.5% and the |
7 | | denominator of which is 1%, but shall not exceed 0.5%.
|
8 | | (g) Jobs Tax Credit; Enterprise Zone, River Edge |
9 | | Redevelopment Zone, and Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone. |
10 | | (1) A taxpayer conducting a trade or business in an |
11 | | enterprise zone
or a High Impact Business designated by the |
12 | | Department of Commerce and
Economic Opportunity or for |
13 | | taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2006, in a |
14 | | River Edge Redevelopment Zone conducting a trade or |
15 | | business in a federally designated
Foreign Trade Zone or |
16 | | Sub-Zone shall be allowed a credit against the tax
imposed |
17 | | by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section in the amount of |
18 | | $500
per eligible employee hired to work in the zone during |
19 | | the taxable year. |
20 | | (2) To qualify for the credit: |
21 | | (A) the taxpayer must hire 5 or more eligible |
22 | | employees to work in an
enterprise zone, River Edge |
23 | | Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign |
24 | | Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
during the taxable year; |
25 | | (B) the taxpayer's total employment within the |
26 | | enterprise zone, River Edge Redevelopment Zone, or
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 18 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone |
2 | | must
increase by 5 or more full-time employees beyond |
3 | | the total employed in that
zone at the end of the |
4 | | previous tax year for which a jobs tax
credit under |
5 | | this Section was taken, or beyond the total employed by |
6 | | the
taxpayer as of December 31, 1985, whichever is |
7 | | later; and |
8 | | (C) the eligible employees must be employed 180 |
9 | | consecutive days in
order to be deemed hired for |
10 | | purposes of this subsection. |
11 | | (3) An "eligible employee" means an employee who is: |
12 | | (A) Certified by the Department of Commerce and |
13 | | Economic Opportunity
as "eligible for services" |
14 | | pursuant to regulations promulgated in
accordance with |
15 | | Title II of the Job Training Partnership Act, Training
|
16 | | Services for the Disadvantaged or Title III of the Job |
17 | | Training Partnership
Act, Employment and Training |
18 | | Assistance for Dislocated Workers Program. |
19 | | (B) Hired after the enterprise zone, River Edge |
20 | | Redevelopment Zone, or federally designated Foreign
|
21 | | Trade Zone or Sub-Zone was designated or the trade or
|
22 | | business was located in that zone, whichever is later. |
23 | | (C) Employed in the enterprise zone, River Edge |
24 | | Redevelopment Zone, or Foreign Trade Zone or
Sub-Zone. |
25 | | An employee is employed in an
enterprise zone or |
26 | | federally designated Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone
if |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 19 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | his services are rendered there or it is the base of
|
2 | | operations for the services performed. |
3 | | (D) A full-time employee working 30 or more hours |
4 | | per week. |
5 | | (4) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 1985 |
6 | | and prior to
December 31, 1988, the credit shall be allowed |
7 | | for the tax year in which
the eligible employees are hired. |
8 | | For tax years ending on or after
December 31, 1988, the |
9 | | credit shall be allowed for the tax year immediately
|
10 | | following the tax year in which the eligible employees are |
11 | | hired. If the
amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
12 | | liability for that year, whether it
exceeds the original |
13 | | liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
14 | | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
15 | | the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
16 | | credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
17 | | there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
18 | | tax year that is available to offset a liability,
earlier |
19 | | credit shall be applied first. |
20 | | (5) The Department of Revenue shall promulgate such |
21 | | rules and regulations
as may be deemed necessary to carry |
22 | | out the purposes of this subsection (g). |
23 | | (6) The credit shall be available for eligible |
24 | | employees hired on or
after January 1, 1986. |
25 | | (h) Investment credit; High Impact Business. |
26 | | (1) Subject to subsections (b) and (b-5) of Section
5.5 |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 20 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, a taxpayer shall be |
2 | | allowed a credit
against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
3 | | and (b) of this Section for
investment in qualified
|
4 | | property which is placed in service by a Department of |
5 | | Commerce and Economic Opportunity
designated High Impact |
6 | | Business. The credit shall be .5% of the basis
for such |
7 | | property. The credit shall not be available (i) until the |
8 | | minimum
investments in qualified property set forth in |
9 | | subdivision (a)(3)(A) of
Section 5.5 of the Illinois
|
10 | | Enterprise Zone Act have been satisfied
or (ii) until the |
11 | | time authorized in subsection (b-5) of the Illinois
|
12 | | Enterprise Zone Act for entities designated as High Impact |
13 | | Businesses under
subdivisions (a)(3)(B), (a)(3)(C), and |
14 | | (a)(3)(D) of Section 5.5 of the Illinois
Enterprise Zone |
15 | | Act, and shall not be allowed to the extent that it would
|
16 | | reduce a taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by |
17 | | subsections (a) and (b) of
this Section to below zero. The |
18 | | credit applicable to such investments shall be
taken in the |
19 | | taxable year in which such investments have been completed. |
20 | | The
credit for additional investments beyond the minimum |
21 | | investment by a designated
high impact business authorized |
22 | | under subdivision (a)(3)(A) of Section 5.5 of
the Illinois |
23 | | Enterprise Zone Act shall be available only in the taxable |
24 | | year in
which the property is placed in service and shall |
25 | | not be allowed to the extent
that it would reduce a |
26 | | taxpayer's liability for the tax imposed by subsections
(a) |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 21 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | and (b) of this Section to below zero.
For tax years ending |
2 | | on or after December 31, 1987, the credit shall be
allowed |
3 | | for the tax year in which the property is placed in |
4 | | service, or, if
the amount of the credit exceeds the tax |
5 | | liability for that year, whether
it exceeds the original |
6 | | liability or the liability as later amended, such
excess |
7 | | may be carried forward and applied to the tax liability of |
8 | | the 5
taxable years following the excess credit year. The |
9 | | credit shall be
applied to the earliest year for which |
10 | | there is a liability. If there is
credit from more than one |
11 | | tax year that is available to offset a liability,
the |
12 | | credit accruing first in time shall be applied first. |
13 | | Changes made in this subdivision (h)(1) by Public Act |
14 | | 88-670
restore changes made by Public Act 85-1182 and |
15 | | reflect existing law. |
16 | | (2) The term qualified property means property which: |
17 | | (A) is tangible, whether new or used, including |
18 | | buildings and
structural components of buildings; |
19 | | (B) is depreciable pursuant to Section 167 of the |
20 | | Internal Revenue
Code, except that "3-year property" |
21 | | as defined in Section 168(c)(2)(A) of
that Code is not |
22 | | eligible for the credit provided by this subsection |
23 | | (h); |
24 | | (C) is acquired by purchase as defined in Section |
25 | | 179(d) of the
Internal Revenue Code; and |
26 | | (D) is not eligible for the Enterprise Zone |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 22 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Investment Credit provided
by subsection (f) of this |
2 | | Section. |
3 | | (3) The basis of qualified property shall be the basis |
4 | | used to compute
the depreciation deduction for federal |
5 | | income tax purposes. |
6 | | (4) If the basis of the property for federal income tax |
7 | | depreciation
purposes is increased after it has been placed |
8 | | in service in a federally
designated Foreign Trade Zone or |
9 | | Sub-Zone located in Illinois by the taxpayer,
the amount of |
10 | | such increase shall be deemed property placed in service on
|
11 | | the date of such increase in basis. |
12 | | (5) The term "placed in service" shall have the same |
13 | | meaning as under
Section 46 of the Internal Revenue Code. |
14 | | (6) If during any taxable year ending on or before |
15 | | December 31, 1996,
any property ceases to be qualified
|
16 | | property in the hands of the taxpayer within 48 months |
17 | | after being placed
in service, or the situs of any |
18 | | qualified property is moved outside
Illinois within 48 |
19 | | months after being placed in service, the tax imposed
under |
20 | | subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for such taxable |
21 | | year shall
be increased. Such increase shall be determined |
22 | | by (i) recomputing the
investment credit which would have |
23 | | been allowed for the year in which
credit for such property |
24 | | was originally allowed by eliminating such
property from |
25 | | such computation, and (ii) subtracting such recomputed |
26 | | credit
from the amount of credit previously allowed. For |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 23 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the purposes of this
paragraph (6), a reduction of the |
2 | | basis of qualified property resulting
from a |
3 | | redetermination of the purchase price shall be deemed a |
4 | | disposition
of qualified property to the extent of such |
5 | | reduction. |
6 | | (7) Beginning with tax years ending after December 31, |
7 | | 1996, if a
taxpayer qualifies for the credit under this |
8 | | subsection (h) and thereby is
granted a tax abatement and |
9 | | the taxpayer relocates its entire facility in
violation of |
10 | | the explicit terms and length of the contract under Section
|
11 | | 18-183 of the Property Tax Code, the tax imposed under |
12 | | subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section shall be increased |
13 | | for the taxable year
in which the taxpayer relocated its |
14 | | facility by an amount equal to the
amount of credit |
15 | | received by the taxpayer under this subsection (h). |
16 | | (i) Credit for Personal Property Tax Replacement Income |
17 | | Tax.
For tax years ending prior to December 31, 2003, a credit |
18 | | shall be allowed
against the tax imposed by
subsections (a) and |
19 | | (b) of this Section for the tax imposed by subsections (c)
and |
20 | | (d) of this Section. This credit shall be computed by |
21 | | multiplying the tax
imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
22 | | Section by a fraction, the numerator
of which is base income |
23 | | allocable to Illinois and the denominator of which is
Illinois |
24 | | base income, and further multiplying the product by the tax |
25 | | rate
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section. |
26 | | Any credit earned on or after December 31, 1986 under
this |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 24 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection which is unused in the year
the credit is computed |
2 | | because it exceeds the tax liability imposed by
subsections (a) |
3 | | and (b) for that year (whether it exceeds the original
|
4 | | liability or the liability as later amended) may be carried |
5 | | forward and
applied to the tax liability imposed by subsections |
6 | | (a) and (b) of the 5
taxable years following the excess credit |
7 | | year, provided that no credit may
be carried forward to any |
8 | | year ending on or
after December 31, 2003. This credit shall be
|
9 | | applied first to the earliest year for which there is a |
10 | | liability. If
there is a credit under this subsection from more |
11 | | than one tax year that is
available to offset a liability the |
12 | | earliest credit arising under this
subsection shall be applied |
13 | | first. |
14 | | If, during any taxable year ending on or after December 31, |
15 | | 1986, the
tax imposed by subsections (c) and (d) of this |
16 | | Section for which a taxpayer
has claimed a credit under this |
17 | | subsection (i) is reduced, the amount of
credit for such tax |
18 | | shall also be reduced. Such reduction shall be
determined by |
19 | | recomputing the credit to take into account the reduced tax
|
20 | | imposed by subsections (c) and (d). If any portion of the
|
21 | | reduced amount of credit has been carried to a different |
22 | | taxable year, an
amended return shall be filed for such taxable |
23 | | year to reduce the amount of
credit claimed. |
24 | | (j) Training expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
25 | | ending on or
after December 31, 1986 and prior to December 31, |
26 | | 2003, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the
tax |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 25 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) under this Section
for all |
2 | | amounts paid or accrued, on behalf of all persons
employed by |
3 | | the taxpayer in Illinois or Illinois residents employed
outside |
4 | | of Illinois by a taxpayer, for educational or vocational |
5 | | training in
semi-technical or technical fields or semi-skilled |
6 | | or skilled fields, which
were deducted from gross income in the |
7 | | computation of taxable income. The
credit against the tax |
8 | | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) shall be 1.6% of
such |
9 | | training expenses. For partners, shareholders of subchapter S
|
10 | | corporations, and owners of limited liability companies, if the |
11 | | liability
company is treated as a partnership for purposes of |
12 | | federal and State income
taxation, there shall be allowed a |
13 | | credit under this subsection (j) to be
determined in accordance |
14 | | with the determination of income and distributive
share of |
15 | | income under Sections 702 and 704 and subchapter S of the |
16 | | Internal
Revenue Code. |
17 | | Any credit allowed under this subsection which is unused in |
18 | | the year
the credit is earned may be carried forward to each of |
19 | | the 5 taxable
years following the year for which the credit is |
20 | | first computed until it is
used. This credit shall be applied |
21 | | first to the earliest year for which
there is a liability. If |
22 | | there is a credit under this subsection from more
than one tax |
23 | | year that is available to offset a liability the earliest
|
24 | | credit arising under this subsection shall be applied first. No |
25 | | carryforward
credit may be claimed in any tax year ending on or |
26 | | after
December 31, 2003. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 26 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (k) Research and development credit. |
2 | | For tax years ending after July 1, 1990 and prior to
|
3 | | December 31, 2003, and beginning again for tax years ending on |
4 | | or after December 31, 2004, and ending prior to January 1, |
5 | | 2011, a taxpayer shall be
allowed a credit against the tax |
6 | | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this
Section for |
7 | | increasing research activities in this State. The credit
|
8 | | allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) |
9 | | shall be equal
to 6 1/2% of the qualifying expenditures for |
10 | | increasing research activities
in this State. For partners, |
11 | | shareholders of subchapter S corporations, and
owners of |
12 | | limited liability companies, if the liability company is |
13 | | treated as a
partnership for purposes of federal and State |
14 | | income taxation, there shall be
allowed a credit under this |
15 | | subsection to be determined in accordance with the
|
16 | | determination of income and distributive share of income under |
17 | | Sections 702 and
704 and subchapter S of the Internal Revenue |
18 | | Code. |
19 | | For purposes of this subsection, "qualifying expenditures" |
20 | | means the
qualifying expenditures as defined for the federal |
21 | | credit for increasing
research activities which would be |
22 | | allowable under Section 41 of the
Internal Revenue Code and |
23 | | which are conducted in this State, "qualifying
expenditures for |
24 | | increasing research activities in this State" means the
excess |
25 | | of qualifying expenditures for the taxable year in which |
26 | | incurred
over qualifying expenditures for the base period, |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 27 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | "qualifying expenditures
for the base period" means the average |
2 | | of the qualifying expenditures for
each year in the base |
3 | | period, and "base period" means the 3 taxable years
immediately |
4 | | preceding the taxable year for which the determination is
being |
5 | | made. |
6 | | Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the taxable |
7 | | year
may be carried forward. A taxpayer may elect to have the
|
8 | | unused credit shown on its final completed return carried over |
9 | | as a credit
against the tax liability for the following 5 |
10 | | taxable years or until it has
been fully used, whichever occurs |
11 | | first; provided that no credit earned in a tax year ending |
12 | | prior to December 31, 2003 may be carried forward to any year |
13 | | ending on or after December 31, 2003, and no credit may be |
14 | | carried forward to any taxable year ending on or after January |
15 | | 1, 2011. |
16 | | If an unused credit is carried forward to a given year from |
17 | | 2 or more
earlier years, that credit arising in the earliest |
18 | | year will be applied
first against the tax liability for the |
19 | | given year. If a tax liability for
the given year still |
20 | | remains, the credit from the next earliest year will
then be |
21 | | applied, and so on, until all credits have been used or no tax
|
22 | | liability for the given year remains. Any remaining unused |
23 | | credit or
credits then will be carried forward to the next |
24 | | following year in which a
tax liability is incurred, except |
25 | | that no credit can be carried forward to
a year which is more |
26 | | than 5 years after the year in which the expense for
which the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 28 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | credit is given was incurred. |
2 | | No inference shall be drawn from this amendatory Act of the |
3 | | 91st General
Assembly in construing this Section for taxable |
4 | | years beginning before January
1, 1999. |
5 | | (l) Environmental Remediation Tax Credit. |
6 | | (i) For tax years ending after December 31, 1997 and on |
7 | | or before
December 31, 2001, a taxpayer shall be allowed a |
8 | | credit against the tax
imposed by subsections (a) and (b) |
9 | | of this Section for certain amounts paid
for unreimbursed |
10 | | eligible remediation costs, as specified in this |
11 | | subsection.
For purposes of this Section, "unreimbursed |
12 | | eligible remediation costs" means
costs approved by the |
13 | | Illinois Environmental Protection Agency ("Agency") under
|
14 | | Section 58.14 of the Environmental Protection Act that were |
15 | | paid in performing
environmental remediation at a site for |
16 | | which a No Further Remediation Letter
was issued by the |
17 | | Agency and recorded under Section 58.10 of the |
18 | | Environmental
Protection Act. The credit must be claimed |
19 | | for the taxable year in which
Agency approval of the |
20 | | eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is
not |
21 | | available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any related |
22 | | party caused or
contributed to, in any material respect, a |
23 | | release of regulated substances on,
in, or under the site |
24 | | that was identified and addressed by the remedial
action |
25 | | pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
26 | | Environmental Protection
Act. After the Pollution Control |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 29 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Board rules are adopted pursuant to the
Illinois |
2 | | Administrative Procedure Act for the administration and |
3 | | enforcement of
Section 58.9 of the Environmental |
4 | | Protection Act, determinations as to credit
availability |
5 | | for purposes of this Section shall be made consistent with |
6 | | those
rules. For purposes of this Section, "taxpayer" |
7 | | includes a person whose tax
attributes the taxpayer has |
8 | | succeeded to under Section 381 of the Internal
Revenue Code |
9 | | and "related party" includes the persons disallowed a |
10 | | deduction
for losses by paragraphs (b), (c), and (f)(1) of |
11 | | Section 267 of the Internal
Revenue Code by virtue of being |
12 | | a related taxpayer, as well as any of its
partners. The |
13 | | credit allowed against the tax imposed by subsections (a) |
14 | | and
(b) shall be equal to 25% of the unreimbursed eligible |
15 | | remediation costs in
excess of $100,000 per site, except |
16 | | that the $100,000 threshold shall not apply
to any site |
17 | | contained in an enterprise zone as determined by the |
18 | | Department of
Commerce and Community Affairs (now |
19 | | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity). The |
20 | | total credit allowed shall not exceed
$40,000 per year with |
21 | | a maximum total of $150,000 per site. For partners and
|
22 | | shareholders of subchapter S corporations, there shall be |
23 | | allowed a credit
under this subsection to be determined in |
24 | | accordance with the determination of
income and |
25 | | distributive share of income under Sections 702 and 704 and
|
26 | | subchapter S of the Internal Revenue Code. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 30 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
2 | | unused in the year
the credit is earned may be carried |
3 | | forward to each of the 5 taxable years
following the year |
4 | | for which the credit is first earned until it is used.
The |
5 | | term "unused credit" does not include any amounts of |
6 | | unreimbursed eligible
remediation costs in excess of the |
7 | | maximum credit per site authorized under
paragraph (i). |
8 | | This credit shall be applied first to the earliest year
for |
9 | | which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
10 | | subsection
from more than one tax year that is available to |
11 | | offset a liability, the
earliest credit arising under this |
12 | | subsection shall be applied first. A
credit allowed under |
13 | | this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale
of |
14 | | all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
15 | | was granted. The
purchaser of a remediation site and the |
16 | | tax credit shall succeed to the unused
credit and remaining |
17 | | carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the
|
18 | | transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
19 | | chain of title for the
site and provide written notice to |
20 | | the Director of the Illinois Department of
Revenue of the |
21 | | assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
22 | | amount of
the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
23 | | the sale. In no event may a
credit be transferred to any |
24 | | taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would
not be |
25 | | eligible under the provisions of subsection (i). |
26 | | (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 31 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | shall have the same
meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
2 | | Environmental Protection Act. |
3 | | (m) Education expense credit. Beginning with tax years |
4 | | ending after
December 31, 1999, a taxpayer who
is the custodian |
5 | | of one or more qualifying pupils shall be allowed a credit
|
6 | | against the tax imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this |
7 | | Section for
qualified education expenses incurred on behalf of |
8 | | the qualifying pupils.
The credit shall be equal to 25% of |
9 | | qualified education expenses, but in no
event may the total |
10 | | credit under this subsection claimed by a
family that is the
|
11 | | custodian of qualifying pupils exceed $500. In no event shall a |
12 | | credit under
this subsection reduce the taxpayer's liability |
13 | | under this Act to less than
zero. This subsection is exempt |
14 | | from the provisions of Section 250 of this
Act. |
15 | | For purposes of this subsection: |
16 | | "Qualifying pupils" means individuals who (i) are |
17 | | residents of the State of
Illinois, (ii) are under the age of |
18 | | 21 at the close of the school year for
which a credit is |
19 | | sought, and (iii) during the school year for which a credit
is |
20 | | sought were full-time pupils enrolled in a kindergarten through |
21 | | twelfth
grade education program at any school, as defined in |
22 | | this subsection. |
23 | | "Qualified education expense" means the amount incurred
on |
24 | | behalf of a qualifying pupil in excess of $250 for tuition, |
25 | | book fees, and
lab fees at the school in which the pupil is |
26 | | enrolled during the regular school
year. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 32 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | "School" means any public or nonpublic elementary or |
2 | | secondary school in
Illinois that is in compliance with Title |
3 | | VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964
and attendance at which |
4 | | satisfies the requirements of Section 26-1 of the
School Code, |
5 | | except that nothing shall be construed to require a child to
|
6 | | attend any particular public or nonpublic school to qualify for |
7 | | the credit
under this Section. |
8 | | "Custodian" means, with respect to qualifying pupils, an |
9 | | Illinois resident
who is a parent, the parents, a legal |
10 | | guardian, or the legal guardians of the
qualifying pupils. |
11 | | (n) River Edge Redevelopment Zone site remediation tax |
12 | | credit.
|
13 | | (i) For tax years ending on or after December 31, 2006, |
14 | | a taxpayer shall be allowed a credit against the tax |
15 | | imposed by subsections (a) and (b) of this Section for |
16 | | certain amounts paid for unreimbursed eligible remediation |
17 | | costs, as specified in this subsection. For purposes of |
18 | | this Section, "unreimbursed eligible remediation costs" |
19 | | means costs approved by the Illinois Environmental |
20 | | Protection Agency ("Agency") under Section 58.14a of the |
21 | | Environmental Protection Act that were paid in performing |
22 | | environmental remediation at a site within a River Edge |
23 | | Redevelopment Zone for which a No Further Remediation |
24 | | Letter was issued by the Agency and recorded under Section |
25 | | 58.10 of the Environmental Protection Act. The credit must |
26 | | be claimed for the taxable year in which Agency approval of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 33 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the eligible remediation costs is granted. The credit is |
2 | | not available to any taxpayer if the taxpayer or any |
3 | | related party caused or contributed to, in any material |
4 | | respect, a release of regulated substances on, in, or under |
5 | | the site that was identified and addressed by the remedial |
6 | | action pursuant to the Site Remediation Program of the |
7 | | Environmental Protection Act. Determinations as to credit |
8 | | availability for purposes of this Section shall be made |
9 | | consistent with rules adopted by the Pollution Control |
10 | | Board pursuant to the Illinois Administrative Procedure |
11 | | Act for the administration and enforcement of Section 58.9 |
12 | | of the Environmental Protection Act. For purposes of this |
13 | | Section, "taxpayer" includes a person whose tax attributes |
14 | | the taxpayer has succeeded to under Section 381 of the |
15 | | Internal Revenue Code and "related party" includes the |
16 | | persons disallowed a deduction for losses by paragraphs |
17 | | (b), (c), and (f)(1) of Section 267 of the Internal Revenue |
18 | | Code by virtue of being a related taxpayer, as well as any |
19 | | of its partners. The credit allowed against the tax imposed |
20 | | by subsections (a) and (b) shall be equal to 25% of the |
21 | | unreimbursed eligible remediation costs in excess of |
22 | | $100,000 per site. |
23 | | (ii) A credit allowed under this subsection that is |
24 | | unused in the year the credit is earned may be carried |
25 | | forward to each of the 5 taxable years following the year |
26 | | for which the credit is first earned until it is used. This |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 34 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | credit shall be applied first to the earliest year for |
2 | | which there is a liability. If there is a credit under this |
3 | | subsection from more than one tax year that is available to |
4 | | offset a liability, the earliest credit arising under this |
5 | | subsection shall be applied first. A credit allowed under |
6 | | this subsection may be sold to a buyer as part of a sale of |
7 | | all or part of the remediation site for which the credit |
8 | | was granted. The purchaser of a remediation site and the |
9 | | tax credit shall succeed to the unused credit and remaining |
10 | | carry-forward period of the seller. To perfect the |
11 | | transfer, the assignor shall record the transfer in the |
12 | | chain of title for the site and provide written notice to |
13 | | the Director of the Illinois Department of Revenue of the |
14 | | assignor's intent to sell the remediation site and the |
15 | | amount of the tax credit to be transferred as a portion of |
16 | | the sale. In no event may a credit be transferred to any |
17 | | taxpayer if the taxpayer or a related party would not be |
18 | | eligible under the provisions of subsection (i). |
19 | | (iii) For purposes of this Section, the term "site" |
20 | | shall have the same meaning as under Section 58.2 of the |
21 | | Environmental Protection Act. |
22 | | (iv) This subsection is exempt from the provisions of |
23 | | Section 250.
|
24 | | (Source: P.A. 95-454, eff. 8-27-07; 96-115, eff. 7-31-09; |
25 | | 96-116, eff. 7-31-09; 96-937, eff. 6-23-10; 96-1000, eff. |
26 | | 7-2-10.) |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 35 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (35 ILCS 5/203) (from Ch. 120, par. 2-203) |
2 | | Sec. 203. Base income defined. |
3 | | (a) Individuals. |
4 | | (1) In general. In the case of an individual, base |
5 | | income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's adjusted |
6 | | gross income for the taxable
year as modified by paragraph |
7 | | (2). |
8 | | (2) Modifications. The adjusted gross income referred |
9 | | to in
paragraph (1) shall be modified by adding thereto the |
10 | | sum of the
following amounts: |
11 | | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
12 | | to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the |
13 | | taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income |
14 | | in the computation of adjusted gross income, except |
15 | | stock
dividends of qualified public utilities |
16 | | described in Section 305(e) of the
Internal Revenue |
17 | | Code; |
18 | | (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
19 | | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in |
20 | | the computation of adjusted gross
income for the |
21 | | taxable year; |
22 | | (C) An amount equal to the amount received during |
23 | | the taxable year
as a recovery or refund of real |
24 | | property taxes paid with respect to the
taxpayer's |
25 | | principal residence under the Revenue Act of
1939 and |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 36 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | for which a deduction was previously taken under |
2 | | subparagraph (L) of
this paragraph (2) prior to July 1, |
3 | | 1991, the retrospective application date of
Article 4 |
4 | | of Public Act 87-17. In the case of multi-unit or |
5 | | multi-use
structures and farm dwellings, the taxes on |
6 | | the taxpayer's principal residence
shall be that |
7 | | portion of the total taxes for the entire property |
8 | | which is
attributable to such principal residence; |
9 | | (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital |
10 | | gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue |
11 | | Code, to the extent deducted from gross
income in the |
12 | | computation of adjusted gross income; |
13 | | (D-5) An amount, to the extent not included in |
14 | | adjusted gross income,
equal to the amount of money |
15 | | withdrawn by the taxpayer in the taxable year from
a |
16 | | medical care savings account and the interest earned on |
17 | | the account in the
taxable year of a withdrawal |
18 | | pursuant to subsection (b) of Section 20 of the
Medical |
19 | | Care Savings Account Act or subsection (b) of Section |
20 | | 20 of the
Medical Care Savings Account Act of 2000; |
21 | | (D-10) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
22 | | 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs |
23 | | that the individual
deducted in computing adjusted |
24 | | gross income and for which the
individual claims a |
25 | | credit under subsection (l) of Section 201; |
26 | | (D-15) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 37 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction taken |
2 | | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
3 | | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
4 | | Internal Revenue Code; |
5 | | (D-16) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, |
6 | | or otherwise disposes of property for which the |
7 | | taxpayer was required in any taxable year to
make an |
8 | | addition modification under subparagraph (D-15), then |
9 | | an amount equal
to the aggregate amount of the |
10 | | deductions taken in all taxable
years under |
11 | | subparagraph (Z) with respect to that property. |
12 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
13 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
14 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
15 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
16 | | was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction |
17 | | modification under subparagraph (Z), then an amount |
18 | | equal to that subtraction modification.
|
19 | | The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
20 | | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
21 | | respect to any one piece of property; |
22 | | (D-17) An amount equal to the amount otherwise |
23 | | allowed as a deduction in computing base income for |
24 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
25 | | indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after |
26 | | December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 38 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | member of the same unitary business group but for the |
2 | | fact that foreign person's business activity outside |
3 | | the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
4 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
5 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
6 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
7 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
8 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
9 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
10 | | required to apportion business income under different |
11 | | subsections of Section 304. The addition modification |
12 | | required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the |
13 | | extent that dividends were included in base income of |
14 | | the unitary group for the same taxable year and |
15 | | received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
16 | | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
17 | | included in gross income under Sections 951 through 964 |
18 | | of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in |
19 | | gross income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue |
20 | | Code) with respect to the stock of the same person to |
21 | | whom the interest was paid, accrued, or incurred. |
22 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
23 | | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
24 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who |
25 | | is subject in a foreign country or state, other |
26 | | than a state which requires mandatory unitary |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 39 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income |
2 | | with respect to such interest; or |
3 | | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
4 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
5 | | the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
6 | | preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
7 | | following: |
8 | | (a) the person, during the same taxable |
9 | | year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest |
10 | | to a person that is not a related member, and |
11 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
12 | | interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
13 | | person did not have as a principal purpose the |
14 | | avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid |
15 | | pursuant to a contract or agreement that |
16 | | reflects an arm's-length interest rate and |
17 | | terms; or
|
18 | | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
19 | | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
20 | | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
21 | | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
22 | | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
23 | | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
24 | | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
25 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
26 | | the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 40 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or |
2 | | if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing |
3 | | to the application or use of an alternative method |
4 | | of apportionment under Section 304(f).
|
5 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
6 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
7 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
8 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
9 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
10 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
11 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
12 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
13 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
14 | | (D-18) An amount equal to the amount of intangible |
15 | | expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in |
16 | | computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or |
17 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable |
18 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a |
19 | | foreign person who would be a member of the same |
20 | | unitary business group but for the fact that the |
21 | | foreign person's business activity outside the United |
22 | | States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
23 | | activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after |
24 | | December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of |
25 | | the same unitary business group but for the fact that |
26 | | the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 41 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | from being included in the unitary business group |
2 | | because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion |
3 | | business income under different subsections of Section |
4 | | 304. The addition modification required by this |
5 | | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
6 | | dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
7 | | group for the same taxable year and received by the |
8 | | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
9 | | business group (including amounts included in gross |
10 | | income under Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal |
11 | | Revenue Code and amounts included in gross income under |
12 | | Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect |
13 | | to the stock of the same person to whom the intangible |
14 | | expenses and costs were directly or indirectly paid, |
15 | | incurred, or accrued. The preceding sentence does not |
16 | | apply to the extent that the same dividends caused a |
17 | | reduction to the addition modification required under |
18 | | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) of this Act. As used in this |
19 | | subparagraph, the term "intangible expenses and costs" |
20 | | includes (1) expenses, losses, and costs for, or |
21 | | related to, the direct or indirect acquisition, use, |
22 | | maintenance or management, ownership, sale, exchange, |
23 | | or any other disposition of intangible property; (2) |
24 | | losses incurred, directly or indirectly, from |
25 | | factoring transactions or discounting transactions; |
26 | | (3) royalty, patent, technical, and copyright fees; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 42 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (4) licensing fees; and (5) other similar expenses and |
2 | | costs.
For purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible |
3 | | property" includes patents, patent applications, trade |
4 | | names, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask |
5 | | works, trade secrets, and similar types of intangible |
6 | | assets. |
7 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
8 | | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
9 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
10 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person who is |
11 | | subject in a foreign country or state, other than a |
12 | | state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, |
13 | | to a tax on or measured by net income with respect |
14 | | to such item; or |
15 | | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
16 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
17 | | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
18 | | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
19 | | following: |
20 | | (a) the person during the same taxable |
21 | | year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
22 | | intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
23 | | not a related member, and |
24 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
25 | | intangible expense or cost between the |
26 | | taxpayer and the person did not have as a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 43 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
2 | | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
3 | | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
4 | | or |
5 | | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
6 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
7 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person if the |
8 | | taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
9 | | evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; |
10 | | or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in |
11 | | writing to the application or use of an alternative |
12 | | method of apportionment under Section 304(f);
|
13 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
14 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
15 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
16 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
17 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
18 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
19 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
20 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
21 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
22 | | (D-19) For taxable years ending on or after |
23 | | December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of |
24 | | insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed |
25 | | as a deduction in computing base income, and that were |
26 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 44 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | a person who would be a member of the same unitary |
2 | | business group but for the fact that the person is |
3 | | prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being |
4 | | included in the unitary business group because he or |
5 | | she is ordinarily required to apportion business |
6 | | income under different subsections of Section 304. The |
7 | | addition modification required by this subparagraph |
8 | | shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were |
9 | | included in base income of the unitary group for the |
10 | | same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a |
11 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group |
12 | | (including amounts included in gross income under |
13 | | Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code |
14 | | and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 |
15 | | of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock |
16 | | of the same person to whom the premiums and costs were |
17 | | directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The |
18 | | preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that |
19 | | the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
20 | | modification required under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) or |
21 | | Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) of this Act.
|
22 | | (D-20) For taxable years beginning on or after |
23 | | January 1,
2002 and ending on or before December 31, |
24 | | 2006, in
the
case of a distribution from a qualified |
25 | | tuition program under Section 529 of
the Internal |
26 | | Revenue Code, other than (i) a distribution from a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 45 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | College Savings
Pool created under Section 16.5 of the |
2 | | State Treasurer Act or (ii) a
distribution from the |
3 | | Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, an amount equal to
|
4 | | the amount excluded from gross income under Section |
5 | | 529(c)(3)(B). For taxable years beginning on or after |
6 | | January 1, 2007, in the case of a distribution from a |
7 | | qualified tuition program under Section 529 of the |
8 | | Internal Revenue Code, other than (i) a distribution |
9 | | from a College Savings Pool created under Section 16.5 |
10 | | of the State Treasurer Act, (ii) a distribution from |
11 | | the Illinois Prepaid Tuition Trust Fund, or (iii) a |
12 | | distribution from a qualified tuition program under |
13 | | Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code that (I) |
14 | | adopts and determines that its offering materials |
15 | | comply with the College Savings Plans Network's |
16 | | disclosure principles and (II) has made reasonable |
17 | | efforts to inform in-state residents of the existence |
18 | | of in-state qualified tuition programs by informing |
19 | | Illinois residents directly and, where applicable, to |
20 | | inform financial intermediaries distributing the |
21 | | program to inform in-state residents of the existence |
22 | | of in-state qualified tuition programs at least |
23 | | annually, an amount equal to the amount excluded from |
24 | | gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(B). |
25 | | For the purposes of this subparagraph (D-20), a |
26 | | qualified tuition program has made reasonable efforts |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 46 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | if it makes disclosures (which may use the term |
2 | | "in-state program" or "in-state plan" and need not |
3 | | specifically refer to Illinois or its qualified |
4 | | programs by name) (i) directly to prospective |
5 | | participants in its offering materials or makes a |
6 | | public disclosure, such as a website posting; and (ii) |
7 | | where applicable, to intermediaries selling the |
8 | | out-of-state program in the same manner that the |
9 | | out-of-state program distributes its offering |
10 | | materials; |
11 | | (D-21) For taxable years beginning on or after |
12 | | January 1, 2007, in the case of transfer of moneys from |
13 | | a qualified tuition program under Section 529 of the |
14 | | Internal Revenue Code that is administered by the State |
15 | | to an out-of-state program, an amount equal to the |
16 | | amount of moneys previously deducted from base income |
17 | | under subsection (a)(2)(Y) of this Section; |
18 | | (D-22) For taxable years beginning on or after |
19 | | January 1, 2009, in the case of a nonqualified |
20 | | withdrawal or refund of moneys from a qualified tuition |
21 | | program under Section 529 of the Internal Revenue Code |
22 | | administered by the State that is not used for |
23 | | qualified expenses at an eligible education |
24 | | institution, an amount equal to the contribution |
25 | | component of the nonqualified withdrawal or refund |
26 | | that was previously deducted from base income under |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 47 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (a)(2)(y) of this Section, provided that |
2 | | the withdrawal or refund did not result from the |
3 | | beneficiary's death or disability; |
4 | | (D-23) An amount equal to the credit allowable to |
5 | | the taxpayer under Section 218(a) of this Act, |
6 | | determined without regard to Section 218(c) of this |
7 | | Act; |
8 | | and by deducting from the total so obtained the
sum of the |
9 | | following amounts: |
10 | | (E) For taxable years ending before December 31, |
11 | | 2001,
any amount included in such total in respect of |
12 | | any compensation
(including but not limited to any |
13 | | compensation paid or accrued to a
serviceman while a |
14 | | prisoner of war or missing in action) paid to a |
15 | | resident
by reason of being on active duty in the Armed |
16 | | Forces of the United States
and in respect of any |
17 | | compensation paid or accrued to a resident who as a
|
18 | | governmental employee was a prisoner of war or missing |
19 | | in action, and in
respect of any compensation paid to a |
20 | | resident in 1971 or thereafter for
annual training |
21 | | performed pursuant to Sections 502 and 503, Title 32,
|
22 | | United States Code as a member of the Illinois National |
23 | | Guard or, beginning with taxable years ending on or |
24 | | after December 31, 2007, the National Guard of any |
25 | | other state.
For taxable years ending on or after |
26 | | December 31, 2001, any amount included in
such total in |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 48 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | respect of any compensation (including but not limited |
2 | | to any
compensation paid or accrued to a serviceman |
3 | | while a prisoner of war or missing
in action) paid to a |
4 | | resident by reason of being a member of any component |
5 | | of
the Armed Forces of the United States and in respect |
6 | | of any compensation paid
or accrued to a resident who |
7 | | as a governmental employee was a prisoner of war
or |
8 | | missing in action, and in respect of any compensation |
9 | | paid to a resident in
2001 or thereafter by reason of |
10 | | being a member of the Illinois National Guard or, |
11 | | beginning with taxable years ending on or after |
12 | | December 31, 2007, the National Guard of any other |
13 | | state.
The provisions of this amendatory Act of the |
14 | | 92nd General Assembly are exempt
from the provisions of |
15 | | Section 250; |
16 | | (F) For taxable years beginning before January 1, |
17 | | 2011, an An amount equal to all amounts included in |
18 | | such total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections |
19 | | 402(a), 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a),
and |
20 | | 408 of the Internal Revenue Code, or included in such |
21 | | total as
distributions under the provisions of any |
22 | | retirement or disability plan for
employees of any |
23 | | governmental agency or unit, or retirement payments to
|
24 | | retired partners, which payments are excluded in |
25 | | computing net earnings
from self employment by Section |
26 | | 1402 of the Internal Revenue Code and
regulations |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 49 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | adopted pursuant thereto; for taxable years beginning |
2 | | on or after January 1, 2011, for those taxpayers who |
3 | | report an adjusted gross income of $99,999 or less, an |
4 | | amount equal to all amounts included in such total |
5 | | pursuant to the provisions of Sections 402(a), 402(c), |
6 | | 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a), and 408 of the Internal |
7 | | Revenue Code, or included in such total as |
8 | | distributions under the provisions of any retirement |
9 | | or disability plan for employees of any governmental |
10 | | agency or unit, or retirement payments to retired |
11 | | partners, which payments are excluded in 1402 of the |
12 | | Internal Revenue Code and regulations adopted pursuant |
13 | | thereto; for each tax year commending on January 1, |
14 | | 2011 and continuing thereafter, for individuals |
15 | | reporting an adjusted gross income of $100,000 or more |
16 | | but less than $125,000, 25% of the income otherwise |
17 | | excluded under this Section shall be subject to income |
18 | | taxation; for individuals reporting an adjusted gross |
19 | | income of $125,000 or more but less than $150,000, 50% |
20 | | of the income otherwise excluded under this Section |
21 | | shall be subject to income taxation; for individuals |
22 | | reporting an adjusted gross income of $150,000 or more |
23 | | but less than $175,000, 75% of the income otherwise |
24 | | excluded under this Section shall be subject to income |
25 | | taxation; and for individuals reporting an adjusted |
26 | | gross income of $175,000 or greater, 100% of the income |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 50 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | otherwise excluded under this Section shall be subject |
2 | | to income taxation; |
3 | | (G) The valuation limitation amount; |
4 | | (H) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
5 | | imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer |
6 | | and included in such total for the
taxable year; |
7 | | (I) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
8 | | total pursuant
to the provisions of Section 111 of the |
9 | | Internal Revenue Code as a
recovery of items previously |
10 | | deducted from adjusted gross income in the
computation |
11 | | of taxable income; |
12 | | (J) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
13 | | such total which were
paid by a corporation which |
14 | | conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or |
15 | | zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or |
16 | | a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under |
17 | | the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act, and conducts
|
18 | | substantially all of its operations in an Enterprise |
19 | | Zone or zones or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or |
20 | | zones. This subparagraph (J) is exempt from the |
21 | | provisions of Section 250; |
22 | | (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
23 | | such total that
were paid by a corporation that |
24 | | conducts business operations in a federally
designated |
25 | | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a |
26 | | High Impact
Business located in Illinois; provided |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 51 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | that dividends eligible for the
deduction provided in |
2 | | subparagraph (J) of paragraph (2) of this subsection
|
3 | | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
4 | | this subparagraph
(K); |
5 | | (L) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
6 | | 1983, an amount equal to
all social security benefits |
7 | | and railroad retirement benefits included in
such |
8 | | total pursuant to Sections 72(r) and 86 of the Internal |
9 | | Revenue Code; |
10 | | (M) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
11 | | under subparagraph
(N), an amount equal to the sum of |
12 | | all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections |
13 | | 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code
of |
14 | | 1954, as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of |
15 | | expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as |
16 | | deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
17 | | Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for |
18 | | taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, |
19 | | Sections 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of |
20 | | the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
|
21 | | subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section |
22 | | 250; |
23 | | (N) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
24 | | total which are
exempt from taxation by this State |
25 | | either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by |
26 | | reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 52 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | United States;
provided that, in the case of any |
2 | | statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
3 | | bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under |
4 | | this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net |
5 | | of bond premium amortization; |
6 | | (O) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
7 | | job training
project established pursuant to the Tax |
8 | | Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act; |
9 | | (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
10 | | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
11 | | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
12 | | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
13 | | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986; |
14 | | (Q) An amount equal to any amounts included in such |
15 | | total, received by
the taxpayer as an acceleration in |
16 | | the payment of life, endowment or annuity
benefits in |
17 | | advance of the time they would otherwise be payable as |
18 | | an indemnity
for a terminal illness; |
19 | | (R) An amount equal to the amount of any federal or |
20 | | State bonus paid
to veterans of the Persian Gulf War; |
21 | | (S) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted |
22 | | gross income, equal
to the amount of a contribution |
23 | | made in the taxable year on behalf of the
taxpayer to a |
24 | | medical care savings account established under the |
25 | | Medical Care
Savings Account Act or the Medical Care |
26 | | Savings Account Act of 2000 to the
extent the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 53 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | contribution is accepted by the account
administrator |
2 | | as provided in that Act; |
3 | | (T) An amount, to the extent included in adjusted |
4 | | gross income, equal to
the amount of interest earned in |
5 | | the taxable year on a medical care savings
account |
6 | | established under the Medical Care Savings Account Act |
7 | | or the Medical
Care Savings Account Act of 2000 on |
8 | | behalf of the
taxpayer, other than interest added |
9 | | pursuant to item (D-5) of this paragraph
(2); |
10 | | (U) For one taxable year beginning on or after |
11 | | January 1,
1994, an
amount equal to the total amount of |
12 | | tax imposed and paid under subsections (a)
and (b) of |
13 | | Section 201 of this Act on grant amounts received by |
14 | | the taxpayer
under the Nursing Home Grant Assistance |
15 | | Act during the taxpayer's taxable years
1992 and 1993; |
16 | | (V) Beginning with tax years ending on or after |
17 | | December 31, 1995 and
ending with tax years ending on |
18 | | or before December 31, 2004, an amount equal to
the |
19 | | amount paid by a taxpayer who is a
self-employed |
20 | | taxpayer, a partner of a partnership, or a
shareholder |
21 | | in a Subchapter S corporation for health insurance or |
22 | | long-term
care insurance for that taxpayer or that |
23 | | taxpayer's spouse or dependents, to
the extent that the |
24 | | amount paid for that health insurance or long-term care
|
25 | | insurance may be deducted under Section 213 of the |
26 | | Internal Revenue Code of
1986, has not been deducted on |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 54 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the federal income tax return of the taxpayer,
and does |
2 | | not exceed the taxable income attributable to that |
3 | | taxpayer's income,
self-employment income, or |
4 | | Subchapter S corporation income; except that no
|
5 | | deduction shall be allowed under this item (V) if the |
6 | | taxpayer is eligible to
participate in any health |
7 | | insurance or long-term care insurance plan of an
|
8 | | employer of the taxpayer or the taxpayer's
spouse. The |
9 | | amount of the health insurance and long-term care |
10 | | insurance
subtracted under this item (V) shall be |
11 | | determined by multiplying total
health insurance and |
12 | | long-term care insurance premiums paid by the taxpayer
|
13 | | times a number that represents the fractional |
14 | | percentage of eligible medical
expenses under Section |
15 | | 213 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 not actually
|
16 | | deducted on the taxpayer's federal income tax return; |
17 | | (W) For taxable years beginning on or after January |
18 | | 1, 1998,
all amounts included in the taxpayer's federal |
19 | | gross income
in the taxable year from amounts converted |
20 | | from a regular IRA to a Roth IRA.
This paragraph is |
21 | | exempt from the provisions of Section
250; |
22 | | (X) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount |
23 | | equal to the
amount of any (i) distributions, to the |
24 | | extent includible in gross income for
federal income |
25 | | tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of his or |
26 | | her status
as a victim of persecution for racial or |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 55 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | religious reasons by Nazi Germany or
any other Axis |
2 | | regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of |
3 | | income, to the extent
includible in gross income for |
4 | | federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived |
5 | | from or in any way related to assets stolen from, |
6 | | hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
|
7 | | persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi |
8 | | Germany or any other Axis
regime immediately prior to, |
9 | | during, and immediately after World War II,
including, |
10 | | but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable |
11 | | as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of |
12 | | persecution for racial or religious
reasons
by Nazi |
13 | | Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance |
14 | | companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
|
15 | | provided, however, this subtraction from federal |
16 | | adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired |
17 | | with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
|
18 | | such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall |
19 | | only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of |
20 | | such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of |
21 | | persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi |
22 | | Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the |
23 | | victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any |
24 | | public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is |
25 | | not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
|
26 | | this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 56 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
2 | | of Section 250; |
3 | | (Y) For taxable years beginning on or after January |
4 | | 1, 2002
and ending
on or before December 31, 2004, |
5 | | moneys contributed in the taxable year to a College |
6 | | Savings Pool account under
Section 16.5 of the State |
7 | | Treasurer Act, except that amounts excluded from
gross |
8 | | income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the Internal |
9 | | Revenue Code
shall not be considered moneys |
10 | | contributed under this subparagraph (Y). For taxable |
11 | | years beginning on or after January 1, 2005, a maximum |
12 | | of $10,000
contributed
in the
taxable year to (i) a |
13 | | College Savings Pool account under Section 16.5 of the
|
14 | | State
Treasurer Act or (ii) the Illinois Prepaid |
15 | | Tuition Trust Fund,
except that
amounts excluded from |
16 | | gross income under Section 529(c)(3)(C)(i) of the
|
17 | | Internal
Revenue Code shall not be considered moneys |
18 | | contributed under this subparagraph
(Y). For purposes |
19 | | of this subparagraph, contributions made by an |
20 | | employer on behalf of an employee, or matching |
21 | | contributions made by an employee, shall be treated as |
22 | | made by the employee. This
subparagraph (Y) is exempt |
23 | | from the provisions of Section 250; |
24 | | (Z) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
25 | | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction
|
26 | | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 57 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
2 | | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
3 | | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where: |
4 | | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
5 | | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
6 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
7 | | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction
was |
8 | | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
9 | | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
10 | | the bonus depreciation deduction; |
11 | | (2) for taxable years ending on or before |
12 | | December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 |
13 | | and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
14 | | 0.429); and |
15 | | (3) for taxable years ending after December |
16 | | 31, 2005: |
17 | | (i) for property on which a bonus |
18 | | depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted |
19 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
20 | | 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
21 | | 0.429); and |
22 | | (ii) for property on which a bonus |
23 | | depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted |
24 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
25 | | 1.0. |
26 | | The aggregate amount deducted under this |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 58 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
2 | | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
3 | | depreciation deduction
taken on that property on the |
4 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
5 | | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This |
6 | | subparagraph (Z) is exempt from the provisions of |
7 | | Section 250; |
8 | | (AA) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, |
9 | | or otherwise disposes of
property for which the |
10 | | taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an
|
11 | | addition modification under subparagraph (D-15), then |
12 | | an amount equal to that
addition modification.
|
13 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
14 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
15 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
16 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
17 | | was required in any taxable year to make an addition |
18 | | modification under subparagraph (D-15), then an amount |
19 | | equal to that addition modification.
|
20 | | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
21 | | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
22 | | piece of property. |
23 | | This subparagraph (AA) is exempt from the |
24 | | provisions of Section 250; |
25 | | (BB) Any amount included in adjusted gross income, |
26 | | other
than
salary,
received by a driver in a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 59 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | ridesharing arrangement using a motor vehicle; |
2 | | (CC) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of |
3 | | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
4 | | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
5 | | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
6 | | modification with respect to such transaction under |
7 | | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
8 | | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
9 | | the amount of that addition modification, and
(ii) any |
10 | | income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
11 | | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
12 | | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
13 | | is required to make an addition modification with |
14 | | respect to such transaction under Section |
15 | | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
16 | | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of that |
17 | | addition modification. This subparagraph (CC) is |
18 | | exempt from the provisions of Section 250; |
19 | | (DD) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
20 | | into account for the taxable year (net of the |
21 | | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
22 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
23 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
24 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
25 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
26 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 60 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
2 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
3 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
4 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
5 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
6 | | required to apportion business income under different |
7 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
8 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
9 | | taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-17) for |
10 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
11 | | indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (DD) |
12 | | is exempt from the provisions of Section 250; |
13 | | (EE) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
14 | | property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
15 | | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
16 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
17 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
18 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
19 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
20 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
21 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
22 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
23 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
24 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
25 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
26 | | required to apportion business income under different |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 61 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
2 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
3 | | taxable year under Section 203(a)(2)(D-18) for |
4 | | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
5 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
6 | | person. This subparagraph (EE) is exempt from the |
7 | | provisions of Section 250; and |
8 | | (FF) An amount equal to any amount awarded to the |
9 | | taxpayer during the taxable year by the Court of Claims |
10 | | under subsection (c) of Section 8 of the Court of |
11 | | Claims Act for time unjustly served in a State prison. |
12 | | This subparagraph (FF) is exempt from the provisions of |
13 | | Section 250. |
14 | | (b) Corporations. |
15 | | (1) In general. In the case of a corporation, base |
16 | | income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable |
17 | | income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2). |
18 | | (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in |
19 | | paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum |
20 | | of the following amounts: |
21 | | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
22 | | to the taxpayer
as interest and all distributions |
23 | | received from regulated investment
companies during |
24 | | the taxable year to the extent excluded from gross
|
25 | | income in the computation of taxable income; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 62 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
2 | | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in |
3 | | the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year; |
4 | | (C) In the case of a regulated investment company, |
5 | | an amount equal to
the excess of (i) the net long-term |
6 | | capital gain for the taxable year, over
(ii) the amount |
7 | | of the capital gain dividends designated as such in |
8 | | accordance
with Section 852(b)(3)(C) of the Internal |
9 | | Revenue Code and any amount
designated under Section |
10 | | 852(b)(3)(D) of the Internal Revenue Code,
|
11 | | attributable to the taxable year (this amendatory Act |
12 | | of 1995
(Public Act 89-89) is declarative of existing |
13 | | law and is not a new
enactment); |
14 | | (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction |
15 | | taken in arriving
at taxable income, other than a net |
16 | | operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year |
17 | | ending prior to December 31, 1986; |
18 | | (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss |
19 | | carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending |
20 | | prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable |
21 | | income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or
|
22 | | subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), |
23 | | the amount by which
addition modifications other than |
24 | | those provided by this subparagraph (E)
exceeded |
25 | | subtraction modifications in such earlier taxable |
26 | | year, with the
following limitations applied in the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 63 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | order that they are listed: |
2 | | (i) the addition modification relating to the |
3 | | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
4 | | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
5 | | December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of |
6 | | addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) |
7 | | which related to that net operating
loss and which |
8 | | was taken into account in calculating the base |
9 | | income of an
earlier taxable year, and |
10 | | (ii) the addition modification relating to the |
11 | | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
12 | | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
13 | | December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of |
14 | | such carryback or
carryforward; |
15 | | For taxable years in which there is a net operating |
16 | | loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other |
17 | | taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the |
18 | | addition modification provided in this subparagraph |
19 | | (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed |
20 | | independently under the preceding
provisions of this |
21 | | subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year; |
22 | | (E-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
23 | | 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs |
24 | | that the corporation
deducted in computing adjusted |
25 | | gross income and for which the
corporation claims a |
26 | | credit under subsection (l) of Section 201; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 64 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (E-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
2 | | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction taken |
3 | | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
4 | | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
5 | | Internal Revenue Code; |
6 | | (E-11) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, |
7 | | or otherwise disposes of property for which the |
8 | | taxpayer was required in any taxable year to
make an |
9 | | addition modification under subparagraph (E-10), then |
10 | | an amount equal
to the aggregate amount of the |
11 | | deductions taken in all taxable
years under |
12 | | subparagraph (T) with respect to that property. |
13 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
14 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
15 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
16 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
17 | | was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction |
18 | | modification under subparagraph (T), then an amount |
19 | | equal to that subtraction modification.
|
20 | | The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
21 | | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
22 | | respect to any one piece of property; |
23 | | (E-12) An amount equal to the amount otherwise |
24 | | allowed as a deduction in computing base income for |
25 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
26 | | indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 65 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a |
2 | | member of the same unitary business group but for the |
3 | | fact the foreign person's business activity outside |
4 | | the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
5 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
6 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
7 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
8 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
9 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
10 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
11 | | required to apportion business income under different |
12 | | subsections of Section 304. The addition modification |
13 | | required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the |
14 | | extent that dividends were included in base income of |
15 | | the unitary group for the same taxable year and |
16 | | received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
17 | | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
18 | | included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 |
19 | | through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts |
20 | | included in gross income under Section 78 of the |
21 | | Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the |
22 | | same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or |
23 | | incurred.
|
24 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
25 | | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
26 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 66 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | is subject in a foreign country or state, other |
2 | | than a state which requires mandatory unitary |
3 | | reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income |
4 | | with respect to such interest; or |
5 | | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
6 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
7 | | the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
8 | | preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
9 | | following: |
10 | | (a) the person, during the same taxable |
11 | | year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest |
12 | | to a person that is not a related member, and |
13 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
14 | | interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
15 | | person did not have as a principal purpose the |
16 | | avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid |
17 | | pursuant to a contract or agreement that |
18 | | reflects an arm's-length interest rate and |
19 | | terms; or
|
20 | | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
21 | | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
22 | | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
23 | | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
24 | | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
25 | | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
26 | | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 67 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
2 | | the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
3 | | evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or |
4 | | if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing |
5 | | to the application or use of an alternative method |
6 | | of apportionment under Section 304(f).
|
7 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
8 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
9 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
10 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
11 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
12 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
13 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
14 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
15 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
16 | | (E-13) An amount equal to the amount of intangible |
17 | | expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in |
18 | | computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or |
19 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable |
20 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a |
21 | | foreign person who would be a member of the same |
22 | | unitary business group but for the fact that the |
23 | | foreign person's business activity outside the United |
24 | | States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
25 | | activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after |
26 | | December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 68 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the same unitary business group but for the fact that |
2 | | the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) |
3 | | from being included in the unitary business group |
4 | | because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion |
5 | | business income under different subsections of Section |
6 | | 304. The addition modification required by this |
7 | | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
8 | | dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
9 | | group for the same taxable year and received by the |
10 | | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
11 | | business group (including amounts included in gross |
12 | | income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the |
13 | | Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross |
14 | | income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) |
15 | | with respect to the stock of the same person to whom |
16 | | the intangible expenses and costs were directly or |
17 | | indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding |
18 | | sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same |
19 | | dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
20 | | modification required under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) of |
21 | | this Act.
As used in this subparagraph, the term |
22 | | "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, |
23 | | losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or |
24 | | indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, |
25 | | ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of |
26 | | intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 69 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting |
2 | | transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and |
3 | | copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other |
4 | | similar expenses and costs.
For purposes of this |
5 | | subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, |
6 | | patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service |
7 | | marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and |
8 | | similar types of intangible assets. |
9 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
10 | | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
11 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
12 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person who is |
13 | | subject in a foreign country or state, other than a |
14 | | state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, |
15 | | to a tax on or measured by net income with respect |
16 | | to such item; or |
17 | | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
18 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
19 | | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
20 | | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
21 | | following: |
22 | | (a) the person during the same taxable |
23 | | year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
24 | | intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
25 | | not a related member, and |
26 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 70 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | intangible expense or cost between the |
2 | | taxpayer and the person did not have as a |
3 | | principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
4 | | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
5 | | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
6 | | or |
7 | | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
8 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
9 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person if the |
10 | | taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
11 | | evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; |
12 | | or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in |
13 | | writing to the application or use of an alternative |
14 | | method of apportionment under Section 304(f);
|
15 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
16 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
17 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
18 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
19 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
20 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
21 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
22 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
23 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
24 | | (E-14) For taxable years ending on or after |
25 | | December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of |
26 | | insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 71 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | as a deduction in computing base income, and that were |
2 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to |
3 | | a person who would be a member of the same unitary |
4 | | business group but for the fact that the person is |
5 | | prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being |
6 | | included in the unitary business group because he or |
7 | | she is ordinarily required to apportion business |
8 | | income under different subsections of Section 304. The |
9 | | addition modification required by this subparagraph |
10 | | shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were |
11 | | included in base income of the unitary group for the |
12 | | same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a |
13 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group |
14 | | (including amounts included in gross income under |
15 | | Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code |
16 | | and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 |
17 | | of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock |
18 | | of the same person to whom the premiums and costs were |
19 | | directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The |
20 | | preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that |
21 | | the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
22 | | modification required under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) or |
23 | | Section 203(b)(2)(E-13) of this Act;
|
24 | | (E-15) For taxable years beginning after December |
25 | | 31, 2008, any deduction for dividends paid by a captive |
26 | | real estate investment trust that is allowed to a real |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 72 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | estate investment trust under Section 857(b)(2)(B) of |
2 | | the Internal Revenue Code for dividends paid; |
3 | | (E-16) An amount equal to the credit allowable to |
4 | | the taxpayer under Section 218(a) of this Act, |
5 | | determined without regard to Section 218(c) of this |
6 | | Act; |
7 | | and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the |
8 | | following
amounts: |
9 | | (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
10 | | imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer |
11 | | and included in such total for the
taxable year; |
12 | | (G) An amount equal to any amount included in such |
13 | | total under
Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code; |
14 | | (H) In the case of a regulated investment company, |
15 | | an amount equal
to the amount of exempt interest |
16 | | dividends as defined in subsection (b)
(5) of Section |
17 | | 852 of the Internal Revenue Code, paid to shareholders
|
18 | | for the taxable year; |
19 | | (I) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
20 | | under subparagraph
(J),
an amount equal to the sum of |
21 | | all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections |
22 | | 171(a) (2), and 265(a)(2) and amounts disallowed as
|
23 | | interest expense by Section 291(a)(3) of the Internal |
24 | | Revenue Code, as now
or hereafter amended, and all |
25 | | amounts of expenses allocable to interest and
|
26 | | disallowed as deductions by Section 265(a)(1) of the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 73 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Internal Revenue Code,
as now or hereafter amended;
and |
2 | | (ii) for taxable years
ending on or after August 13, |
3 | | 1999, Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, 291(a)(3), and |
4 | | 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the Internal Revenue Code; the
|
5 | | provisions of this
subparagraph are exempt from the |
6 | | provisions of Section 250; |
7 | | (J) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
8 | | total which are
exempt from taxation by this State |
9 | | either by reason of its statutes or
Constitution
or by |
10 | | reason of the Constitution, treaties or statutes of the |
11 | | United States;
provided that, in the case of any |
12 | | statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
13 | | bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under |
14 | | this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net |
15 | | of bond premium amortization; |
16 | | (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
17 | | such total
which were paid by a corporation which |
18 | | conducts
business operations in an Enterprise Zone or |
19 | | zones created under
the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or |
20 | | a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under |
21 | | the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act and conducts |
22 | | substantially all of its
operations in an Enterprise |
23 | | Zone or zones or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or |
24 | | zones. This subparagraph (K) is exempt from the |
25 | | provisions of Section 250; |
26 | | (L) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 74 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | such total that
were paid by a corporation that |
2 | | conducts business operations in a federally
designated |
3 | | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a |
4 | | High Impact
Business located in Illinois; provided |
5 | | that dividends eligible for the
deduction provided in |
6 | | subparagraph (K) of paragraph 2 of this subsection
|
7 | | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
8 | | this subparagraph
(L); |
9 | | (M) For any taxpayer that is a financial |
10 | | organization within the meaning
of Section 304(c) of |
11 | | this Act, an amount included in such total as interest
|
12 | | income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a |
13 | | borrower, to the extent
that such a loan is secured by |
14 | | property which is eligible for the Enterprise
Zone |
15 | | Investment Credit or the River Edge Redevelopment Zone |
16 | | Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a loan |
17 | | or loans that is
secured by property eligible for a |
18 | | Section 201(f) investment
credit to the borrower, the |
19 | | entire principal amount of the loan or loans
between |
20 | | the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into |
21 | | the basis of the
Section 201(f) investment credit |
22 | | property which secures the
loan or loans, using for |
23 | | this purpose the original basis of such property on
the |
24 | | date that it was placed in service in the
Enterprise |
25 | | Zone or the River Edge Redevelopment Zone. The |
26 | | subtraction modification available to taxpayer in any
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 75 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | year under this subsection shall be that portion of the |
2 | | total interest paid
by the borrower with respect to |
3 | | such loan attributable to the eligible
property as |
4 | | calculated under the previous sentence. This |
5 | | subparagraph (M) is exempt from the provisions of |
6 | | Section 250; |
7 | | (M-1) For any taxpayer that is a financial |
8 | | organization within the
meaning of Section 304(c) of |
9 | | this Act, an amount included in such total as
interest |
10 | | income from a loan or loans made by such taxpayer to a |
11 | | borrower,
to the extent that such a loan is secured by |
12 | | property which is eligible for
the High Impact Business |
13 | | Investment Credit. To determine the portion of a
loan |
14 | | or loans that is secured by property eligible for a |
15 | | Section 201(h) investment credit to the borrower, the |
16 | | entire principal amount of
the loan or loans between |
17 | | the taxpayer and the borrower should be divided into
|
18 | | the basis of the Section 201(h) investment credit |
19 | | property which
secures the loan or loans, using for |
20 | | this purpose the original basis of such
property on the |
21 | | date that it was placed in service in a federally |
22 | | designated
Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone located in |
23 | | Illinois. No taxpayer that is
eligible for the |
24 | | deduction provided in subparagraph (M) of paragraph |
25 | | (2) of
this subsection shall be eligible for the |
26 | | deduction provided under this
subparagraph (M-1). The |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 76 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subtraction modification available to taxpayers in
any |
2 | | year under this subsection shall be that portion of the |
3 | | total interest
paid by the borrower with respect to |
4 | | such loan attributable to the eligible
property as |
5 | | calculated under the previous sentence; |
6 | | (N) Two times any contribution made during the |
7 | | taxable year to a
designated zone organization to the |
8 | | extent that the contribution (i)
qualifies as a |
9 | | charitable contribution under subsection (c) of |
10 | | Section 170
of the Internal Revenue Code and (ii) must, |
11 | | by its terms, be used for a
project approved by the |
12 | | Department of Commerce and Economic Opportunity under |
13 | | Section 11 of the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or under |
14 | | Section 10-10 of the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act. |
15 | | This subparagraph (N) is exempt from the provisions of |
16 | | Section 250; |
17 | | (O) An amount equal to: (i) 85% for taxable years |
18 | | ending on or before
December 31, 1992, or, a percentage |
19 | | equal to the percentage allowable under
Section |
20 | | 243(a)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 for |
21 | | taxable years ending
after December 31, 1992, of the |
22 | | amount by which dividends included in taxable
income |
23 | | and received from a corporation that is not created or |
24 | | organized under
the laws of the United States or any |
25 | | state or political subdivision thereof,
including, for |
26 | | taxable years ending on or after December 31, 1988, |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 77 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | dividends
received or deemed received or paid or deemed |
2 | | paid under Sections 951 through
964 of the Internal |
3 | | Revenue Code, exceed the amount of the modification
|
4 | | provided under subparagraph (G) of paragraph (2) of |
5 | | this subsection (b) which
is related to such dividends, |
6 | | and including, for taxable years ending on or after |
7 | | December 31, 2008, dividends received from a captive |
8 | | real estate investment trust; plus (ii) 100% of the |
9 | | amount by which dividends,
included in taxable income |
10 | | and received, including, for taxable years ending on
or |
11 | | after December 31, 1988, dividends received or deemed |
12 | | received or paid or
deemed paid under Sections 951 |
13 | | through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and including, |
14 | | for taxable years ending on or after December 31, 2008, |
15 | | dividends received from a captive real estate |
16 | | investment trust, from
any such corporation specified |
17 | | in clause (i) that would but for the provisions
of |
18 | | Section 1504 (b) (3) of the Internal Revenue Code be |
19 | | treated as a member of
the affiliated group which |
20 | | includes the dividend recipient, exceed the amount
of |
21 | | the modification provided under subparagraph (G) of |
22 | | paragraph (2) of this
subsection (b) which is related |
23 | | to such dividends. This subparagraph (O) is exempt from |
24 | | the provisions of Section 250 of this Act; |
25 | | (P) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
26 | | job training project
established pursuant to the Tax |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 78 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Increment Allocation Redevelopment Act; |
2 | | (Q) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
3 | | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
4 | | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
5 | | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
6 | | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986; |
7 | | (R) On and after July 20, 1999, in the case of an |
8 | | attorney-in-fact with respect to whom an
interinsurer |
9 | | or a reciprocal insurer has made the election under |
10 | | Section 835 of
the Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C. |
11 | | 835, an amount equal to the excess, if
any, of the |
12 | | amounts paid or incurred by that interinsurer or |
13 | | reciprocal insurer
in the taxable year to the |
14 | | attorney-in-fact over the deduction allowed to that
|
15 | | interinsurer or reciprocal insurer with respect to the |
16 | | attorney-in-fact under
Section 835(b) of the Internal |
17 | | Revenue Code for the taxable year; the provisions of |
18 | | this subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of |
19 | | Section 250; |
20 | | (S) For taxable years ending on or after December |
21 | | 31, 1997, in the
case of a Subchapter
S corporation, an |
22 | | amount equal to all amounts of income allocable to a
|
23 | | shareholder subject to the Personal Property Tax |
24 | | Replacement Income Tax imposed
by subsections (c) and |
25 | | (d) of Section 201 of this Act, including amounts
|
26 | | allocable to organizations exempt from federal income |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 79 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | tax by reason of Section
501(a) of the Internal Revenue |
2 | | Code. This subparagraph (S) is exempt from
the |
3 | | provisions of Section 250; |
4 | | (T) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
5 | | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction
|
6 | | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
7 | | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
8 | | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
9 | | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where: |
10 | | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
11 | | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
12 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
13 | | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction
was |
14 | | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
15 | | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
16 | | the bonus depreciation deduction; |
17 | | (2) for taxable years ending on or before |
18 | | December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 |
19 | | and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
20 | | 0.429); and |
21 | | (3) for taxable years ending after December |
22 | | 31, 2005: |
23 | | (i) for property on which a bonus |
24 | | depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted |
25 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
26 | | 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 80 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | 0.429); and |
2 | | (ii) for property on which a bonus |
3 | | depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted |
4 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
5 | | 1.0. |
6 | | The aggregate amount deducted under this |
7 | | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
8 | | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
9 | | depreciation deduction
taken on that property on the |
10 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
11 | | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This |
12 | | subparagraph (T) is exempt from the provisions of |
13 | | Section 250; |
14 | | (U) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or |
15 | | otherwise disposes of
property for which the taxpayer |
16 | | was required in any taxable year to make an
addition |
17 | | modification under subparagraph (E-10), then an amount |
18 | | equal to that
addition modification. |
19 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
20 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
21 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
22 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
23 | | was required in any taxable year to make an addition |
24 | | modification under subparagraph (E-10), then an amount |
25 | | equal to that addition modification.
|
26 | | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 81 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
2 | | piece of property. |
3 | | This subparagraph (U) is exempt from the |
4 | | provisions of Section 250; |
5 | | (V) The amount of: (i) any interest income (net of |
6 | | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
7 | | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
8 | | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
9 | | modification with respect to such transaction under |
10 | | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
11 | | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
12 | | the amount of such addition modification,
(ii) any |
13 | | income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
14 | | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
15 | | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
16 | | is required to make an addition modification with |
17 | | respect to such transaction under Section |
18 | | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
19 | | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such |
20 | | addition modification, and (iii) any insurance premium |
21 | | income (net of deductions allocable thereto) taken |
22 | | into account for the taxable year with respect to a |
23 | | transaction with a taxpayer that is required to make an |
24 | | addition modification with respect to such transaction |
25 | | under Section 203(a)(2)(D-19), Section |
26 | | 203(b)(2)(E-14), Section 203(c)(2)(G-14), or Section |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 82 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | 203(d)(2)(D-9), but not to exceed the amount of that |
2 | | addition modification. This subparagraph (V) is exempt |
3 | | from the provisions of Section 250;
|
4 | | (W) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
5 | | into account for the taxable year (net of the |
6 | | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
7 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
8 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
9 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
10 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
11 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
12 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
13 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
14 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
15 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
16 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
17 | | required to apportion business income under different |
18 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
19 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
20 | | taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-12) for |
21 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
22 | | indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (W) |
23 | | is exempt from the provisions of Section 250; and
|
24 | | (X) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
25 | | property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
26 | | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 83 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
2 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
3 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
4 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
5 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
6 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
7 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
8 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
9 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
10 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
11 | | required to apportion business income under different |
12 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
13 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
14 | | taxable year under Section 203(b)(2)(E-13) for |
15 | | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
16 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
17 | | person. This subparagraph (X) is exempt from the |
18 | | provisions of Section 250.
|
19 | | (3) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (2) (A), |
20 | | "gross income"
in the case of a life insurance company, for |
21 | | tax years ending on and after
December 31, 1994,
shall mean |
22 | | the gross investment income for the taxable year. |
23 | | (c) Trusts and estates. |
24 | | (1) In general. In the case of a trust or estate, base |
25 | | income means
an amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 84 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2). |
2 | | (2) Modifications. Subject to the provisions of |
3 | | paragraph (3), the
taxable income referred to in paragraph |
4 | | (1) shall be modified by adding
thereto the sum of the |
5 | | following amounts: |
6 | | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
7 | | to the taxpayer
as interest or dividends during the |
8 | | taxable year to the extent excluded
from gross income |
9 | | in the computation of taxable income; |
10 | | (B) In the case of (i) an estate, $600; (ii) a |
11 | | trust which, under
its governing instrument, is |
12 | | required to distribute all of its income
currently, |
13 | | $300; and (iii) any other trust, $100, but in each such |
14 | | case,
only to the extent such amount was deducted in |
15 | | the computation of
taxable income; |
16 | | (C) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
17 | | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income in |
18 | | the computation of taxable income
for the taxable year; |
19 | | (D) The amount of any net operating loss deduction |
20 | | taken in arriving at
taxable income, other than a net |
21 | | operating loss carried forward from a
taxable year |
22 | | ending prior to December 31, 1986; |
23 | | (E) For taxable years in which a net operating loss |
24 | | carryback or
carryforward from a taxable year ending |
25 | | prior to December 31, 1986 is an
element of taxable |
26 | | income under paragraph (1) of subsection (e) or |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 85 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subparagraph
(E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (e), |
2 | | the amount by which addition
modifications other than |
3 | | those provided by this subparagraph (E) exceeded
|
4 | | subtraction modifications in such taxable year, with |
5 | | the following limitations
applied in the order that |
6 | | they are listed: |
7 | | (i) the addition modification relating to the |
8 | | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
9 | | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
10 | | December 31, 1986 shall be reduced by the amount of |
11 | | addition
modification under this subparagraph (E) |
12 | | which related to that net
operating loss and which |
13 | | was taken into account in calculating the base
|
14 | | income of an earlier taxable year, and |
15 | | (ii) the addition modification relating to the |
16 | | net operating loss
carried back or forward to the |
17 | | taxable year from any taxable year ending
prior to |
18 | | December 31, 1986 shall not exceed the amount of |
19 | | such carryback or
carryforward; |
20 | | For taxable years in which there is a net operating |
21 | | loss carryback or
carryforward from more than one other |
22 | | taxable year ending prior to December
31, 1986, the |
23 | | addition modification provided in this subparagraph |
24 | | (E) shall
be the sum of the amounts computed |
25 | | independently under the preceding
provisions of this |
26 | | subparagraph (E) for each such taxable year; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 86 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (F) For taxable years ending on or after January 1, |
2 | | 1989, an amount
equal to the tax deducted pursuant to |
3 | | Section 164 of the Internal Revenue
Code if the trust |
4 | | or estate is claiming the same tax for purposes of the
|
5 | | Illinois foreign tax credit under Section 601 of this |
6 | | Act; |
7 | | (G) An amount equal to the amount of the capital |
8 | | gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue |
9 | | Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the |
10 | | computation of taxable income; |
11 | | (G-5) For taxable years ending after December 31, |
12 | | 1997, an
amount equal to any eligible remediation costs |
13 | | that the trust or estate
deducted in computing adjusted |
14 | | gross income and for which the trust
or estate claims a |
15 | | credit under subsection (l) of Section 201; |
16 | | (G-10) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
17 | | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction taken |
18 | | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
19 | | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
20 | | Internal Revenue Code; and |
21 | | (G-11) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, |
22 | | or otherwise disposes of property for which the |
23 | | taxpayer was required in any taxable year to
make an |
24 | | addition modification under subparagraph (G-10), then |
25 | | an amount equal
to the aggregate amount of the |
26 | | deductions taken in all taxable
years under |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 87 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subparagraph (R) with respect to that property. |
2 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
3 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
4 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
5 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
6 | | was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction |
7 | | modification under subparagraph (R), then an amount |
8 | | equal to that subtraction modification.
|
9 | | The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
10 | | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
11 | | respect to any one piece of property; |
12 | | (G-12) An amount equal to the amount otherwise |
13 | | allowed as a deduction in computing base income for |
14 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
15 | | indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after |
16 | | December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a |
17 | | member of the same unitary business group but for the |
18 | | fact that the foreign person's business activity |
19 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
20 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
21 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
22 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
23 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
24 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
25 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
26 | | required to apportion business income under different |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 88 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subsections of Section 304. The addition modification |
2 | | required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the |
3 | | extent that dividends were included in base income of |
4 | | the unitary group for the same taxable year and |
5 | | received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
6 | | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
7 | | included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 |
8 | | through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts |
9 | | included in gross income under Section 78 of the |
10 | | Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the |
11 | | same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or |
12 | | incurred.
|
13 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
14 | | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
15 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who |
16 | | is subject in a foreign country or state, other |
17 | | than a state which requires mandatory unitary |
18 | | reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income |
19 | | with respect to such interest; or |
20 | | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
21 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
22 | | the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
23 | | preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
24 | | following: |
25 | | (a) the person, during the same taxable |
26 | | year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 89 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | to a person that is not a related member, and |
2 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
3 | | interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
4 | | person did not have as a principal purpose the |
5 | | avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid |
6 | | pursuant to a contract or agreement that |
7 | | reflects an arm's-length interest rate and |
8 | | terms; or
|
9 | | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
10 | | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
11 | | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
12 | | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
13 | | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
14 | | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
15 | | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
16 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
17 | | the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
18 | | evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or |
19 | | if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing |
20 | | to the application or use of an alternative method |
21 | | of apportionment under Section 304(f).
|
22 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
23 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
24 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
25 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
26 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 90 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
2 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
3 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
4 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
5 | | (G-13) An amount equal to the amount of intangible |
6 | | expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in |
7 | | computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or |
8 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable |
9 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a |
10 | | foreign person who would be a member of the same |
11 | | unitary business group but for the fact that the |
12 | | foreign person's business activity outside the United |
13 | | States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
14 | | activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after |
15 | | December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of |
16 | | the same unitary business group but for the fact that |
17 | | the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) |
18 | | from being included in the unitary business group |
19 | | because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion |
20 | | business income under different subsections of Section |
21 | | 304. The addition modification required by this |
22 | | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
23 | | dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
24 | | group for the same taxable year and received by the |
25 | | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
26 | | business group (including amounts included in gross |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 91 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the |
2 | | Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross |
3 | | income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) |
4 | | with respect to the stock of the same person to whom |
5 | | the intangible expenses and costs were directly or |
6 | | indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The preceding |
7 | | sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same |
8 | | dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
9 | | modification required under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) of |
10 | | this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term |
11 | | "intangible expenses and costs" includes: (1) |
12 | | expenses, losses, and costs for or related to the |
13 | | direct or indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or |
14 | | management, ownership, sale, exchange, or any other |
15 | | disposition of intangible property; (2) losses |
16 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, from factoring |
17 | | transactions or discounting transactions; (3) royalty, |
18 | | patent, technical, and copyright fees; (4) licensing |
19 | | fees; and (5) other similar expenses and costs. For |
20 | | purposes of this subparagraph, "intangible property" |
21 | | includes patents, patent applications, trade names, |
22 | | trademarks, service marks, copyrights, mask works, |
23 | | trade secrets, and similar types of intangible assets. |
24 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
25 | | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
26 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 92 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person who is |
2 | | subject in a foreign country or state, other than a |
3 | | state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, |
4 | | to a tax on or measured by net income with respect |
5 | | to such item; or |
6 | | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
7 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
8 | | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
9 | | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
10 | | following: |
11 | | (a) the person during the same taxable |
12 | | year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
13 | | intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
14 | | not a related member, and |
15 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
16 | | intangible expense or cost between the |
17 | | taxpayer and the person did not have as a |
18 | | principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
19 | | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
20 | | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
21 | | or |
22 | | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
23 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
24 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person if the |
25 | | taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
26 | | evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 93 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in |
2 | | writing to the application or use of an alternative |
3 | | method of apportionment under Section 304(f);
|
4 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
5 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
6 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
7 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
8 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
9 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
10 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
11 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
12 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
13 | | (G-14) For taxable years ending on or after |
14 | | December 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of |
15 | | insurance premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed |
16 | | as a deduction in computing base income, and that were |
17 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to |
18 | | a person who would be a member of the same unitary |
19 | | business group but for the fact that the person is |
20 | | prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being |
21 | | included in the unitary business group because he or |
22 | | she is ordinarily required to apportion business |
23 | | income under different subsections of Section 304. The |
24 | | addition modification required by this subparagraph |
25 | | shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were |
26 | | included in base income of the unitary group for the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 94 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a |
2 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group |
3 | | (including amounts included in gross income under |
4 | | Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code |
5 | | and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 |
6 | | of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock |
7 | | of the same person to whom the premiums and costs were |
8 | | directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The |
9 | | preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that |
10 | | the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
11 | | modification required under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) or |
12 | | Section 203(c)(2)(G-13) of this Act; |
13 | | (G-15) An amount equal to the credit allowable to |
14 | | the taxpayer under Section 218(a) of this Act, |
15 | | determined without regard to Section 218(c) of this |
16 | | Act; |
17 | | and by deducting from the total so obtained the sum of the |
18 | | following
amounts: |
19 | | (H) An amount equal to all amounts included in such |
20 | | total pursuant
to the provisions of Sections 402(a), |
21 | | 402(c), 403(a), 403(b), 406(a), 407(a)
and 408 of the |
22 | | Internal Revenue Code or included in such total as
|
23 | | distributions under the provisions of any retirement |
24 | | or disability plan for
employees of any governmental |
25 | | agency or unit, or retirement payments to
retired |
26 | | partners, which payments are excluded in computing net |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 95 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | earnings
from self employment by Section 1402 of the |
2 | | Internal Revenue Code and
regulations adopted pursuant |
3 | | thereto; |
4 | | (I) The valuation limitation amount; |
5 | | (J) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
6 | | imposed by this Act
which was refunded to the taxpayer |
7 | | and included in such total for the
taxable year; |
8 | | (K) An amount equal to all amounts included in |
9 | | taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), |
10 | | (C), (D), (E), (F) and (G) which
are exempt from |
11 | | taxation by this State either by reason of its statutes |
12 | | or
Constitution
or by reason of the Constitution, |
13 | | treaties or statutes of the United States;
provided |
14 | | that, in the case of any statute of this State that |
15 | | exempts income
derived from bonds or other obligations |
16 | | from the tax imposed under this Act,
the amount |
17 | | exempted shall be the interest net of bond premium |
18 | | amortization; |
19 | | (L) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
20 | | under subparagraph
(K),
an amount equal to the sum of |
21 | | all amounts disallowed as
deductions by (i) Sections |
22 | | 171(a) (2) and 265(a)(2) of the Internal Revenue
Code, |
23 | | as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of |
24 | | expenses allocable
to interest and disallowed as |
25 | | deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
26 | | Code of 1954, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 96 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | taxable years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, |
2 | | Sections
171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of |
3 | | the Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
|
4 | | subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section |
5 | | 250; |
6 | | (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
7 | | such total
which were paid by a corporation which |
8 | | conducts business operations in an
Enterprise Zone or |
9 | | zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act or |
10 | | a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones created under |
11 | | the River Edge Redevelopment Zone Act and
conducts |
12 | | substantially all of its operations in an Enterprise |
13 | | Zone or Zones or a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or |
14 | | zones. This subparagraph (M) is exempt from the |
15 | | provisions of Section 250; |
16 | | (N) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
17 | | job training
project established pursuant to the Tax |
18 | | Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act; |
19 | | (O) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
20 | | such total
that were paid by a corporation that |
21 | | conducts business operations in a
federally designated |
22 | | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated
a |
23 | | High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided |
24 | | that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in |
25 | | subparagraph (M) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection |
26 | | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 97 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | this
subparagraph (O); |
2 | | (P) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
3 | | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
4 | | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
5 | | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
6 | | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986; |
7 | | (Q) For taxable year 1999 and thereafter, an amount |
8 | | equal to the
amount of any
(i) distributions, to the |
9 | | extent includible in gross income for
federal income |
10 | | tax purposes, made to the taxpayer because of
his or |
11 | | her status as a victim of
persecution for racial or |
12 | | religious reasons by Nazi Germany or any other Axis
|
13 | | regime or as an heir of the victim and (ii) items
of |
14 | | income, to the extent
includible in gross income for |
15 | | federal income tax purposes, attributable to,
derived |
16 | | from or in any way related to assets stolen from, |
17 | | hidden from, or
otherwise lost to a victim of
|
18 | | persecution for racial or religious reasons by Nazi
|
19 | | Germany or any other Axis regime
immediately prior to, |
20 | | during, and immediately after World War II, including,
|
21 | | but
not limited to, interest on the proceeds receivable |
22 | | as insurance
under policies issued to a victim of |
23 | | persecution for racial or religious
reasons by Nazi |
24 | | Germany or any other Axis regime by European insurance
|
25 | | companies
immediately prior to and during World War II;
|
26 | | provided, however, this subtraction from federal |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 98 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | adjusted gross income does not
apply to assets acquired |
2 | | with such assets or with the proceeds from the sale of
|
3 | | such assets; provided, further, this paragraph shall |
4 | | only apply to a taxpayer
who was the first recipient of |
5 | | such assets after their recovery and who is a
victim of
|
6 | | persecution for racial or religious reasons
by Nazi |
7 | | Germany or any other Axis regime or as an heir of the |
8 | | victim. The
amount of and the eligibility for any |
9 | | public assistance, benefit, or
similar entitlement is |
10 | | not affected by the inclusion of items (i) and (ii) of
|
11 | | this paragraph in gross income for federal income tax |
12 | | purposes.
This paragraph is exempt from the provisions |
13 | | of Section 250; |
14 | | (R) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
15 | | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction
|
16 | | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
17 | | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
18 | | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
19 | | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where: |
20 | | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
21 | | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
22 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
23 | | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction
was |
24 | | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
25 | | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
26 | | the bonus depreciation deduction; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 99 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (2) for taxable years ending on or before |
2 | | December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 |
3 | | and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
4 | | 0.429); and |
5 | | (3) for taxable years ending after December |
6 | | 31, 2005: |
7 | | (i) for property on which a bonus |
8 | | depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted |
9 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
10 | | 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
11 | | 0.429); and |
12 | | (ii) for property on which a bonus |
13 | | depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted |
14 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
15 | | 1.0. |
16 | | The aggregate amount deducted under this |
17 | | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
18 | | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
19 | | depreciation deduction
taken on that property on the |
20 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
21 | | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This |
22 | | subparagraph (R) is exempt from the provisions of |
23 | | Section 250; |
24 | | (S) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or |
25 | | otherwise disposes of
property for which the taxpayer |
26 | | was required in any taxable year to make an
addition |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 100 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | modification under subparagraph (G-10), then an amount |
2 | | equal to that
addition modification. |
3 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
4 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
5 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
6 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
7 | | was required in any taxable year to make an addition |
8 | | modification under subparagraph (G-10), then an amount |
9 | | equal to that addition modification.
|
10 | | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
11 | | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
12 | | piece of property. |
13 | | This subparagraph (S) is exempt from the |
14 | | provisions of Section 250; |
15 | | (T) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of |
16 | | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
17 | | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
18 | | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
19 | | modification with respect to such transaction under |
20 | | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
21 | | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
22 | | the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any |
23 | | income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
24 | | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
25 | | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
26 | | is required to make an addition modification with |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 101 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | respect to such transaction under Section |
2 | | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
3 | | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such |
4 | | addition modification. This subparagraph (T) is exempt |
5 | | from the provisions of Section 250;
|
6 | | (U) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
7 | | into account for the taxable year (net of the |
8 | | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
9 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
10 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
11 | | the fact the foreign person's business activity |
12 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
13 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
14 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
15 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
16 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
17 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
18 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
19 | | required to apportion business income under different |
20 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
21 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
22 | | taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-12) for |
23 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
24 | | indirectly, to the same person. This subparagraph (U) |
25 | | is exempt from the provisions of Section 250; and |
26 | | (V) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 102 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
2 | | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
3 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
4 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
5 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
6 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
7 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
8 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
9 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
10 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
11 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
12 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
13 | | required to apportion business income under different |
14 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
15 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
16 | | taxable year under Section 203(c)(2)(G-13) for |
17 | | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
18 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same foreign |
19 | | person. This subparagraph (V) is exempt from the |
20 | | provisions of Section 250.
|
21 | | (3) Limitation. The amount of any modification |
22 | | otherwise required
under this subsection shall, under |
23 | | regulations prescribed by the
Department, be adjusted by |
24 | | any amounts included therein which were
properly paid, |
25 | | credited, or required to be distributed, or permanently set
|
26 | | aside for charitable purposes pursuant to Internal Revenue |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 103 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Code Section
642(c) during the taxable year. |
2 | | (d) Partnerships. |
3 | | (1) In general. In the case of a partnership, base |
4 | | income means an
amount equal to the taxpayer's taxable |
5 | | income for the taxable year as
modified by paragraph (2). |
6 | | (2) Modifications. The taxable income referred to in |
7 | | paragraph (1)
shall be modified by adding thereto the sum |
8 | | of the following amounts: |
9 | | (A) An amount equal to all amounts paid or accrued |
10 | | to the taxpayer as
interest or dividends during the |
11 | | taxable year to the extent excluded from
gross income |
12 | | in the computation of taxable income; |
13 | | (B) An amount equal to the amount of tax imposed by |
14 | | this Act to the
extent deducted from gross income for |
15 | | the taxable year; |
16 | | (C) The amount of deductions allowed to the |
17 | | partnership pursuant to
Section 707 (c) of the Internal |
18 | | Revenue Code in calculating its taxable income; |
19 | | (D) An amount equal to the amount of the capital |
20 | | gain deduction
allowable under the Internal Revenue |
21 | | Code, to the extent deducted from
gross income in the |
22 | | computation of taxable income; |
23 | | (D-5) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, an |
24 | | amount equal to the
bonus depreciation deduction taken |
25 | | on the taxpayer's federal income tax return for the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 104 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | taxable
year under subsection (k) of Section 168 of the |
2 | | Internal Revenue Code; |
3 | | (D-6) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, |
4 | | or otherwise disposes of
property for which the |
5 | | taxpayer was required in any taxable year to make an
|
6 | | addition modification under subparagraph (D-5), then |
7 | | an amount equal to the
aggregate amount of the |
8 | | deductions taken in all taxable years
under |
9 | | subparagraph (O) with respect to that property. |
10 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
11 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
12 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
13 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
14 | | was allowed in any taxable year to make a subtraction |
15 | | modification under subparagraph (O), then an amount |
16 | | equal to that subtraction modification.
|
17 | | The taxpayer is required to make the addition |
18 | | modification under this
subparagraph
only once with |
19 | | respect to any one piece of property; |
20 | | (D-7) An amount equal to the amount otherwise |
21 | | allowed as a deduction in computing base income for |
22 | | interest paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
23 | | indirectly, (i) for taxable years ending on or after |
24 | | December 31, 2004, to a foreign person who would be a |
25 | | member of the same unitary business group but for the |
26 | | fact the foreign person's business activity outside |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 105 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the United States is 80% or more of the foreign |
2 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
3 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
4 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
5 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
6 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
7 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
8 | | required to apportion business income under different |
9 | | subsections of Section 304. The addition modification |
10 | | required by this subparagraph shall be reduced to the |
11 | | extent that dividends were included in base income of |
12 | | the unitary group for the same taxable year and |
13 | | received by the taxpayer or by a member of the |
14 | | taxpayer's unitary business group (including amounts |
15 | | included in gross income pursuant to Sections 951 |
16 | | through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code and amounts |
17 | | included in gross income under Section 78 of the |
18 | | Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock of the |
19 | | same person to whom the interest was paid, accrued, or |
20 | | incurred.
|
21 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following:
|
22 | | (i) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
23 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person who |
24 | | is subject in a foreign country or state, other |
25 | | than a state which requires mandatory unitary |
26 | | reporting, to a tax on or measured by net income |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 106 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | with respect to such interest; or |
2 | | (ii) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
3 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
4 | | the taxpayer can establish, based on a |
5 | | preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
6 | | following: |
7 | | (a) the person, during the same taxable |
8 | | year, paid, accrued, or incurred, the interest |
9 | | to a person that is not a related member, and |
10 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
11 | | interest expense between the taxpayer and the |
12 | | person did not have as a principal purpose the |
13 | | avoidance of Illinois income tax, and is paid |
14 | | pursuant to a contract or agreement that |
15 | | reflects an arm's-length interest rate and |
16 | | terms; or
|
17 | | (iii) the taxpayer can establish, based on |
18 | | clear and convincing evidence, that the interest |
19 | | paid, accrued, or incurred relates to a contract or |
20 | | agreement entered into at arm's-length rates and |
21 | | terms and the principal purpose for the payment is |
22 | | not federal or Illinois tax avoidance; or
|
23 | | (iv) an item of interest paid, accrued, or |
24 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to a person if |
25 | | the taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
26 | | evidence that the adjustments are unreasonable; or |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 107 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | if the taxpayer and the Director agree in writing |
2 | | to the application or use of an alternative method |
3 | | of apportionment under Section 304(f).
|
4 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
5 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
6 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
7 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
8 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
9 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
10 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
11 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
12 | | under Section 404 of this Act; and
|
13 | | (D-8) An amount equal to the amount of intangible |
14 | | expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a deduction in |
15 | | computing base income, and that were paid, accrued, or |
16 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, (i) for taxable |
17 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2004, to a |
18 | | foreign person who would be a member of the same |
19 | | unitary business group but for the fact that the |
20 | | foreign person's business activity outside the United |
21 | | States is 80% or more of that person's total business |
22 | | activity and (ii) for taxable years ending on or after |
23 | | December 31, 2008, to a person who would be a member of |
24 | | the same unitary business group but for the fact that |
25 | | the person is prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) |
26 | | from being included in the unitary business group |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 108 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | because he or she is ordinarily required to apportion |
2 | | business income under different subsections of Section |
3 | | 304. The addition modification required by this |
4 | | subparagraph shall be reduced to the extent that |
5 | | dividends were included in base income of the unitary |
6 | | group for the same taxable year and received by the |
7 | | taxpayer or by a member of the taxpayer's unitary |
8 | | business group (including amounts included in gross |
9 | | income pursuant to Sections 951 through 964 of the |
10 | | Internal Revenue Code and amounts included in gross |
11 | | income under Section 78 of the Internal Revenue Code) |
12 | | with respect to the stock of the same person to whom |
13 | | the intangible expenses and costs were directly or |
14 | | indirectly paid, incurred or accrued. The preceding |
15 | | sentence shall not apply to the extent that the same |
16 | | dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
17 | | modification required under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) of |
18 | | this Act. As used in this subparagraph, the term |
19 | | "intangible expenses and costs" includes (1) expenses, |
20 | | losses, and costs for, or related to, the direct or |
21 | | indirect acquisition, use, maintenance or management, |
22 | | ownership, sale, exchange, or any other disposition of |
23 | | intangible property; (2) losses incurred, directly or |
24 | | indirectly, from factoring transactions or discounting |
25 | | transactions; (3) royalty, patent, technical, and |
26 | | copyright fees; (4) licensing fees; and (5) other |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 109 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | similar expenses and costs. For purposes of this |
2 | | subparagraph, "intangible property" includes patents, |
3 | | patent applications, trade names, trademarks, service |
4 | | marks, copyrights, mask works, trade secrets, and |
5 | | similar types of intangible assets; |
6 | | This paragraph shall not apply to the following: |
7 | | (i) any item of intangible expenses or costs |
8 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
9 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person who is |
10 | | subject in a foreign country or state, other than a |
11 | | state which requires mandatory unitary reporting, |
12 | | to a tax on or measured by net income with respect |
13 | | to such item; or |
14 | | (ii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
15 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
16 | | indirectly, if the taxpayer can establish, based |
17 | | on a preponderance of the evidence, both of the |
18 | | following: |
19 | | (a) the person during the same taxable |
20 | | year paid, accrued, or incurred, the |
21 | | intangible expense or cost to a person that is |
22 | | not a related member, and |
23 | | (b) the transaction giving rise to the |
24 | | intangible expense or cost between the |
25 | | taxpayer and the person did not have as a |
26 | | principal purpose the avoidance of Illinois |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 110 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | income tax, and is paid pursuant to a contract |
2 | | or agreement that reflects arm's-length terms; |
3 | | or |
4 | | (iii) any item of intangible expense or cost |
5 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or |
6 | | indirectly, from a transaction with a person if the |
7 | | taxpayer establishes by clear and convincing |
8 | | evidence, that the adjustments are unreasonable; |
9 | | or if the taxpayer and the Director agree in |
10 | | writing to the application or use of an alternative |
11 | | method of apportionment under Section 304(f);
|
12 | | Nothing in this subsection shall preclude the |
13 | | Director from making any other adjustment |
14 | | otherwise allowed under Section 404 of this Act for |
15 | | any tax year beginning after the effective date of |
16 | | this amendment provided such adjustment is made |
17 | | pursuant to regulation adopted by the Department |
18 | | and such regulations provide methods and standards |
19 | | by which the Department will utilize its authority |
20 | | under Section 404 of this Act;
|
21 | | (D-9) For taxable years ending on or after December |
22 | | 31, 2008, an amount equal to the amount of insurance |
23 | | premium expenses and costs otherwise allowed as a |
24 | | deduction in computing base income, and that were paid, |
25 | | accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to a |
26 | | person who would be a member of the same unitary |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 111 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | business group but for the fact that the person is |
2 | | prohibited under Section 1501(a)(27) from being |
3 | | included in the unitary business group because he or |
4 | | she is ordinarily required to apportion business |
5 | | income under different subsections of Section 304. The |
6 | | addition modification required by this subparagraph |
7 | | shall be reduced to the extent that dividends were |
8 | | included in base income of the unitary group for the |
9 | | same taxable year and received by the taxpayer or by a |
10 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group |
11 | | (including amounts included in gross income under |
12 | | Sections 951 through 964 of the Internal Revenue Code |
13 | | and amounts included in gross income under Section 78 |
14 | | of the Internal Revenue Code) with respect to the stock |
15 | | of the same person to whom the premiums and costs were |
16 | | directly or indirectly paid, incurred, or accrued. The |
17 | | preceding sentence does not apply to the extent that |
18 | | the same dividends caused a reduction to the addition |
19 | | modification required under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) or |
20 | | Section 203(d)(2)(D-8) of this Act; |
21 | | (D-10) An amount equal to the credit allowable to |
22 | | the taxpayer under Section 218(a) of this Act, |
23 | | determined without regard to Section 218(c) of this |
24 | | Act; |
25 | | and by deducting from the total so obtained the following |
26 | | amounts: |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 112 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (E) The valuation limitation amount; |
2 | | (F) An amount equal to the amount of any tax |
3 | | imposed by this Act which
was refunded to the taxpayer |
4 | | and included in such total for the taxable year; |
5 | | (G) An amount equal to all amounts included in |
6 | | taxable income as
modified by subparagraphs (A), (B), |
7 | | (C) and (D) which are exempt from
taxation by this |
8 | | State either by reason of its statutes or Constitution |
9 | | or
by reason of
the Constitution, treaties or statutes |
10 | | of the United States;
provided that, in the case of any |
11 | | statute of this State that exempts income
derived from |
12 | | bonds or other obligations from the tax imposed under |
13 | | this Act,
the amount exempted shall be the interest net |
14 | | of bond premium amortization; |
15 | | (H) Any income of the partnership which |
16 | | constitutes personal service
income as defined in |
17 | | Section 1348 (b) (1) of the Internal Revenue Code (as
|
18 | | in effect December 31, 1981) or a reasonable allowance |
19 | | for compensation
paid or accrued for services rendered |
20 | | by partners to the partnership,
whichever is greater; |
21 | | (I) An amount equal to all amounts of income |
22 | | distributable to an entity
subject to the Personal |
23 | | Property Tax Replacement Income Tax imposed by
|
24 | | subsections (c) and (d) of Section 201 of this Act |
25 | | including amounts
distributable to organizations |
26 | | exempt from federal income tax by reason of
Section |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 113 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | 501(a) of the Internal Revenue Code; |
2 | | (J) With the exception of any amounts subtracted |
3 | | under subparagraph
(G),
an amount equal to the sum of |
4 | | all amounts disallowed as deductions
by (i) Sections |
5 | | 171(a) (2), and 265(2) of the Internal Revenue Code of |
6 | | 1954,
as now or hereafter amended, and all amounts of |
7 | | expenses allocable to
interest and disallowed as |
8 | | deductions by Section 265(1) of the Internal
Revenue |
9 | | Code, as now or hereafter amended;
and (ii) for taxable |
10 | | years
ending on or after August 13, 1999, Sections
|
11 | | 171(a)(2), 265,
280C, and 832(b)(5)(B)(i) of the |
12 | | Internal Revenue Code; the provisions of this
|
13 | | subparagraph are exempt from the provisions of Section |
14 | | 250; |
15 | | (K) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
16 | | such total which were
paid by a corporation which |
17 | | conducts business operations in an Enterprise
Zone or |
18 | | zones created under the Illinois Enterprise Zone Act, |
19 | | enacted by
the 82nd General Assembly, or a River Edge |
20 | | Redevelopment Zone or zones created under the River |
21 | | Edge Redevelopment Zone Act and
conducts substantially |
22 | | all of its operations
in an Enterprise Zone or Zones or |
23 | | from a River Edge Redevelopment Zone or zones. This |
24 | | subparagraph (K) is exempt from the provisions of |
25 | | Section 250; |
26 | | (L) An amount equal to any contribution made to a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 114 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | job training project
established pursuant to the Real |
2 | | Property Tax Increment Allocation
Redevelopment Act; |
3 | | (M) An amount equal to those dividends included in |
4 | | such total
that were paid by a corporation that |
5 | | conducts business operations in a
federally designated |
6 | | Foreign Trade Zone or Sub-Zone and that is designated a
|
7 | | High Impact Business located in Illinois; provided |
8 | | that dividends eligible
for the deduction provided in |
9 | | subparagraph (K) of paragraph (2) of this
subsection |
10 | | shall not be eligible for the deduction provided under |
11 | | this
subparagraph (M); |
12 | | (N) An amount equal to the amount of the deduction |
13 | | used to compute the
federal income tax credit for |
14 | | restoration of substantial amounts held under
claim of |
15 | | right for the taxable year pursuant to Section 1341 of |
16 | | the
Internal Revenue Code of 1986; |
17 | | (O) For taxable years 2001 and thereafter, for the |
18 | | taxable year in
which the bonus depreciation deduction
|
19 | | is taken on the taxpayer's federal income tax return |
20 | | under
subsection (k) of Section 168 of the Internal |
21 | | Revenue Code and for each
applicable taxable year |
22 | | thereafter, an amount equal to "x", where: |
23 | | (1) "y" equals the amount of the depreciation |
24 | | deduction taken for the
taxable year
on the |
25 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return on property |
26 | | for which the bonus
depreciation deduction
was |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 115 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | taken in any year under subsection (k) of Section |
2 | | 168 of the Internal
Revenue Code, but not including |
3 | | the bonus depreciation deduction; |
4 | | (2) for taxable years ending on or before |
5 | | December 31, 2005, "x" equals "y" multiplied by 30 |
6 | | and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
7 | | 0.429); and |
8 | | (3) for taxable years ending after December |
9 | | 31, 2005: |
10 | | (i) for property on which a bonus |
11 | | depreciation deduction of 30% of the adjusted |
12 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
13 | | 30 and then divided by 70 (or "y"
multiplied by |
14 | | 0.429); and |
15 | | (ii) for property on which a bonus |
16 | | depreciation deduction of 50% of the adjusted |
17 | | basis was taken, "x" equals "y" multiplied by |
18 | | 1.0. |
19 | | The aggregate amount deducted under this |
20 | | subparagraph in all taxable
years for any one piece of |
21 | | property may not exceed the amount of the bonus
|
22 | | depreciation deduction
taken on that property on the |
23 | | taxpayer's federal income tax return under
subsection |
24 | | (k) of Section 168 of the Internal Revenue Code. This |
25 | | subparagraph (O) is exempt from the provisions of |
26 | | Section 250; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 116 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (P) If the taxpayer sells, transfers, abandons, or |
2 | | otherwise disposes of
property for which the taxpayer |
3 | | was required in any taxable year to make an
addition |
4 | | modification under subparagraph (D-5), then an amount |
5 | | equal to that
addition modification. |
6 | | If the taxpayer continues to own property through |
7 | | the last day of the last tax year for which the |
8 | | taxpayer may claim a depreciation deduction for |
9 | | federal income tax purposes and for which the taxpayer |
10 | | was required in any taxable year to make an addition |
11 | | modification under subparagraph (D-5), then an amount |
12 | | equal to that addition modification.
|
13 | | The taxpayer is allowed to take the deduction under |
14 | | this subparagraph
only once with respect to any one |
15 | | piece of property. |
16 | | This subparagraph (P) is exempt from the |
17 | | provisions of Section 250; |
18 | | (Q) The amount of (i) any interest income (net of |
19 | | the deductions allocable thereto) taken into account |
20 | | for the taxable year with respect to a transaction with |
21 | | a taxpayer that is required to make an addition |
22 | | modification with respect to such transaction under |
23 | | Section 203(a)(2)(D-17), 203(b)(2)(E-12), |
24 | | 203(c)(2)(G-12), or 203(d)(2)(D-7), but not to exceed |
25 | | the amount of such addition modification and
(ii) any |
26 | | income from intangible property (net of the deductions |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 117 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | allocable thereto) taken into account for the taxable |
2 | | year with respect to a transaction with a taxpayer that |
3 | | is required to make an addition modification with |
4 | | respect to such transaction under Section |
5 | | 203(a)(2)(D-18), 203(b)(2)(E-13), 203(c)(2)(G-13), or |
6 | | 203(d)(2)(D-8), but not to exceed the amount of such |
7 | | addition modification. This subparagraph (Q) is exempt |
8 | | from Section 250;
|
9 | | (R) An amount equal to the interest income taken |
10 | | into account for the taxable year (net of the |
11 | | deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
12 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
13 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
14 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
15 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
16 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
17 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
18 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
19 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
20 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
21 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
22 | | required to apportion business income under different |
23 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
24 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
25 | | taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-7) for interest |
26 | | paid, accrued, or incurred, directly or indirectly, to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 118 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the same person. This subparagraph (R) is exempt from |
2 | | Section 250; and |
3 | | (S) An amount equal to the income from intangible |
4 | | property taken into account for the taxable year (net |
5 | | of the deductions allocable thereto) with respect to |
6 | | transactions with (i) a foreign person who would be a |
7 | | member of the taxpayer's unitary business group but for |
8 | | the fact that the foreign person's business activity |
9 | | outside the United States is 80% or more of that |
10 | | person's total business activity and (ii) for taxable |
11 | | years ending on or after December 31, 2008, to a person |
12 | | who would be a member of the same unitary business |
13 | | group but for the fact that the person is prohibited |
14 | | under Section 1501(a)(27) from being included in the |
15 | | unitary business group because he or she is ordinarily |
16 | | required to apportion business income under different |
17 | | subsections of Section 304, but not to exceed the |
18 | | addition modification required to be made for the same |
19 | | taxable year under Section 203(d)(2)(D-8) for |
20 | | intangible expenses and costs paid, accrued, or |
21 | | incurred, directly or indirectly, to the same person. |
22 | | This subparagraph (S) is exempt from Section 250.
|
23 | | (e) Gross income; adjusted gross income; taxable income. |
24 | | (1) In general. Subject to the provisions of paragraph |
25 | | (2) and
subsection (b) (3), for purposes of this Section |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 119 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | and Section 803(e), a
taxpayer's gross income, adjusted |
2 | | gross income, or taxable income for
the taxable year shall |
3 | | mean the amount of gross income, adjusted gross
income or |
4 | | taxable income properly reportable for federal income tax
|
5 | | purposes for the taxable year under the provisions of the |
6 | | Internal
Revenue Code. Taxable income may be less than |
7 | | zero. However, for taxable
years ending on or after |
8 | | December 31, 1986, net operating loss
carryforwards from |
9 | | taxable years ending prior to December 31, 1986, may not
|
10 | | exceed the sum of federal taxable income for the taxable |
11 | | year before net
operating loss deduction, plus the excess |
12 | | of addition modifications over
subtraction modifications |
13 | | for the taxable year. For taxable years ending
prior to |
14 | | December 31, 1986, taxable income may never be an amount in |
15 | | excess
of the net operating loss for the taxable year as |
16 | | defined in subsections
(c) and (d) of Section 172 of the |
17 | | Internal Revenue Code, provided that when
taxable income of |
18 | | a corporation (other than a Subchapter S corporation),
|
19 | | trust, or estate is less than zero and addition |
20 | | modifications, other than
those provided by subparagraph |
21 | | (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (b) for
corporations or |
22 | | subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of subsection (c) for
|
23 | | trusts and estates, exceed subtraction modifications, an |
24 | | addition
modification must be made under those |
25 | | subparagraphs for any other taxable
year to which the |
26 | | taxable income less than zero (net operating loss) is
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 120 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | applied under Section 172 of the Internal Revenue Code or |
2 | | under
subparagraph (E) of paragraph (2) of this subsection |
3 | | (e) applied in
conjunction with Section 172 of the Internal |
4 | | Revenue Code. |
5 | | (2) Special rule. For purposes of paragraph (1) of this |
6 | | subsection,
the taxable income properly reportable for |
7 | | federal income tax purposes
shall mean: |
8 | | (A) Certain life insurance companies. In the case |
9 | | of a life
insurance company subject to the tax imposed |
10 | | by Section 801 of the
Internal Revenue Code, life |
11 | | insurance company taxable income, plus the
amount of |
12 | | distribution from pre-1984 policyholder surplus |
13 | | accounts as
calculated under Section 815a of the |
14 | | Internal Revenue Code; |
15 | | (B) Certain other insurance companies. In the case |
16 | | of mutual
insurance companies subject to the tax |
17 | | imposed by Section 831 of the
Internal Revenue Code, |
18 | | insurance company taxable income; |
19 | | (C) Regulated investment companies. In the case of |
20 | | a regulated
investment company subject to the tax |
21 | | imposed by Section 852 of the
Internal Revenue Code, |
22 | | investment company taxable income; |
23 | | (D) Real estate investment trusts. In the case of a |
24 | | real estate
investment trust subject to the tax imposed |
25 | | by Section 857 of the
Internal Revenue Code, real |
26 | | estate investment trust taxable income; |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 121 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (E) Consolidated corporations. In the case of a |
2 | | corporation which
is a member of an affiliated group of |
3 | | corporations filing a consolidated
income tax return |
4 | | for the taxable year for federal income tax purposes,
|
5 | | taxable income determined as if such corporation had |
6 | | filed a separate
return for federal income tax purposes |
7 | | for the taxable year and each
preceding taxable year |
8 | | for which it was a member of an affiliated group.
For |
9 | | purposes of this subparagraph, the taxpayer's separate |
10 | | taxable
income shall be determined as if the election |
11 | | provided by Section
243(b) (2) of the Internal Revenue |
12 | | Code had been in effect for all such years; |
13 | | (F) Cooperatives. In the case of a cooperative |
14 | | corporation or
association, the taxable income of such |
15 | | organization determined in
accordance with the |
16 | | provisions of Section 1381 through 1388 of the
Internal |
17 | | Revenue Code, but without regard to the prohibition |
18 | | against offsetting losses from patronage activities |
19 | | against income from nonpatronage activities; except |
20 | | that a cooperative corporation or association may make |
21 | | an election to follow its federal income tax treatment |
22 | | of patronage losses and nonpatronage losses. In the |
23 | | event such election is made, such losses shall be |
24 | | computed and carried over in a manner consistent with |
25 | | subsection (a) of Section 207 of this Act and |
26 | | apportioned by the apportionment factor reported by |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 122 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the cooperative on its Illinois income tax return filed |
2 | | for the taxable year in which the losses are incurred. |
3 | | The election shall be effective for all taxable years |
4 | | with original returns due on or after the date of the |
5 | | election. In addition, the cooperative may file an |
6 | | amended return or returns, as allowed under this Act, |
7 | | to provide that the election shall be effective for |
8 | | losses incurred or carried forward for taxable years |
9 | | occurring prior to the date of the election. Once made, |
10 | | the election may only be revoked upon approval of the |
11 | | Director. The Department shall adopt rules setting |
12 | | forth requirements for documenting the elections and |
13 | | any resulting Illinois net loss and the standards to be |
14 | | used by the Director in evaluating requests to revoke |
15 | | elections. Public Act 96-932 This amendatory Act of the |
16 | | 96th General Assembly is declaratory of existing law; |
17 | | (G) Subchapter S corporations. In the case of: (i) |
18 | | a Subchapter S
corporation for which there is in effect |
19 | | an election for the taxable year
under Section 1362 of |
20 | | the Internal Revenue Code, the taxable income of such
|
21 | | corporation determined in accordance with Section |
22 | | 1363(b) of the Internal
Revenue Code, except that |
23 | | taxable income shall take into
account those items |
24 | | which are required by Section 1363(b)(1) of the
|
25 | | Internal Revenue Code to be separately stated; and (ii) |
26 | | a Subchapter
S corporation for which there is in effect |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 123 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | a federal election to opt out of
the provisions of the |
2 | | Subchapter S Revision Act of 1982 and have applied
|
3 | | instead the prior federal Subchapter S rules as in |
4 | | effect on July 1, 1982,
the taxable income of such |
5 | | corporation determined in accordance with the
federal |
6 | | Subchapter S rules as in effect on July 1, 1982; and |
7 | | (H) Partnerships. In the case of a partnership, |
8 | | taxable income
determined in accordance with Section |
9 | | 703 of the Internal Revenue Code,
except that taxable |
10 | | income shall take into account those items which are
|
11 | | required by Section 703(a)(1) to be separately stated |
12 | | but which would be
taken into account by an individual |
13 | | in calculating his taxable income. |
14 | | (3) Recapture of business expenses on disposition of |
15 | | asset or business. Notwithstanding any other law to the |
16 | | contrary, if in prior years income from an asset or |
17 | | business has been classified as business income and in a |
18 | | later year is demonstrated to be non-business income, then |
19 | | all expenses, without limitation, deducted in such later |
20 | | year and in the 2 immediately preceding taxable years |
21 | | related to that asset or business that generated the |
22 | | non-business income shall be added back and recaptured as |
23 | | business income in the year of the disposition of the asset |
24 | | or business. Such amount shall be apportioned to Illinois |
25 | | using the greater of the apportionment fraction computed |
26 | | for the business under Section 304 of this Act for the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 124 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | taxable year or the average of the apportionment fractions |
2 | | computed for the business under Section 304 of this Act for |
3 | | the taxable year and for the 2 immediately preceding |
4 | | taxable years.
|
5 | | (f) Valuation limitation amount. |
6 | | (1) In general. The valuation limitation amount |
7 | | referred to in
subsections (a) (2) (G), (c) (2) (I) and |
8 | | (d)(2) (E) is an amount equal to: |
9 | | (A) The sum of the pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation |
10 | | amounts (to the
extent consisting of gain reportable |
11 | | under the provisions of Section
1245 or 1250 of the |
12 | | Internal Revenue Code) for all property in respect
of |
13 | | which such gain was reported for the taxable year; plus |
14 | | (B) The lesser of (i) the sum of the pre-August 1, |
15 | | 1969 appreciation
amounts (to the extent consisting of |
16 | | capital gain) for all property in
respect of which such |
17 | | gain was reported for federal income tax purposes
for |
18 | | the taxable year, or (ii) the net capital gain for the |
19 | | taxable year,
reduced in either case by any amount of |
20 | | such gain included in the amount
determined under |
21 | | subsection (a) (2) (F) or (c) (2) (H). |
22 | | (2) Pre-August 1, 1969 appreciation amount. |
23 | | (A) If the fair market value of property referred |
24 | | to in paragraph
(1) was readily ascertainable on August |
25 | | 1, 1969, the pre-August 1, 1969
appreciation amount for |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 125 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | such property is the lesser of (i) the excess of
such |
2 | | fair market value over the taxpayer's basis (for |
3 | | determining gain)
for such property on that date |
4 | | (determined under the Internal Revenue
Code as in |
5 | | effect on that date), or (ii) the total gain realized |
6 | | and
reportable for federal income tax purposes in |
7 | | respect of the sale,
exchange or other disposition of |
8 | | such property. |
9 | | (B) If the fair market value of property referred |
10 | | to in paragraph
(1) was not readily ascertainable on |
11 | | August 1, 1969, the pre-August 1,
1969 appreciation |
12 | | amount for such property is that amount which bears
the |
13 | | same ratio to the total gain reported in respect of the |
14 | | property for
federal income tax purposes for the |
15 | | taxable year, as the number of full
calendar months in |
16 | | that part of the taxpayer's holding period for the
|
17 | | property ending July 31, 1969 bears to the number of |
18 | | full calendar
months in the taxpayer's entire holding |
19 | | period for the
property. |
20 | | (C) The Department shall prescribe such |
21 | | regulations as may be
necessary to carry out the |
22 | | purposes of this paragraph. |
23 | | (g) Double deductions. Unless specifically provided |
24 | | otherwise, nothing
in this Section shall permit the same item |
25 | | to be deducted more than once. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 126 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (h) Legislative intention. Except as expressly provided by |
2 | | this
Section there shall be no modifications or limitations on |
3 | | the amounts
of income, gain, loss or deduction taken into |
4 | | account in determining
gross income, adjusted gross income or |
5 | | taxable income for federal income
tax purposes for the taxable |
6 | | year, or in the amount of such items
entering into the |
7 | | computation of base income and net income under this
Act for |
8 | | such taxable year, whether in respect of property values as of
|
9 | | August 1, 1969 or otherwise. |
10 | | (Source: P.A. 95-23, eff. 8-3-07; 95-233, eff. 8-16-07; 95-286, |
11 | | eff. 8-20-07; 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; |
12 | | 95-876, eff. 8-21-08; 96-45, eff. 7-15-09; 96-120, eff. 8-4-09; |
13 | | 96-198, eff. 8-10-09; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09; 96-520, eff. |
14 | | 8-14-09; 96-835, eff. 12-16-09; 96-932, eff. 1-1-11; 96-935, |
15 | | eff. 6-21-10; 96-1214, eff. 7-22-10; revised 9-16-10.) |
16 | | (35 ILCS 5/212)
|
17 | | Sec. 212. Earned income tax credit.
|
18 | | (a) With respect to the federal earned income tax credit |
19 | | allowed for the
taxable year under Section 32 of the federal |
20 | | Internal Revenue Code, 26 U.S.C.
32, each individual taxpayer |
21 | | is entitled to a credit against the tax imposed by
subsections |
22 | | (a) and (b) of Section 201 in an amount equal to
(i) 5% of the |
23 | | federal tax credit for each taxable year beginning on or after
|
24 | | January 1,
2000 and (ii) 15% of the federal tax credit for each |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 127 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | taxable year beginning on or after January 1, 2011 .
|
2 | | For a non-resident or part-year resident, the amount of the |
3 | | credit under this
Section shall be in proportion to the amount |
4 | | of income attributable to this
State.
|
5 | | (b) For taxable years beginning before January 1, 2003, in |
6 | | no event
shall a credit under this Section reduce the |
7 | | taxpayer's
liability to less than zero. For each taxable year |
8 | | beginning on or after
January 1, 2003, if the amount of the |
9 | | credit exceeds the income tax liability
for the applicable tax |
10 | | year, then the excess credit shall be refunded to the
taxpayer. |
11 | | The amount of a refund shall not be included in the taxpayer's
|
12 | | income or resources for the purposes of determining eligibility |
13 | | or benefit
level in any means-tested benefit program |
14 | | administered by a governmental entity
unless required by |
15 | | federal law.
|
16 | | (c) This Section is exempt from the provisions of Section |
17 | | 250.
|
18 | | (Source: P.A. 95-333, eff. 8-21-07.)
|
19 | | (35 ILCS 5/247 new) |
20 | | Sec. 247. Family Tax Credit. |
21 | | (a)For taxable years beginning on or after January 1, 2011, |
22 | | each taxpayer who is (i) a natural person filing single or is a |
23 | | married person filing separately that reports total annual |
24 | | income of $23,539 or less (the "eligibility cap for single and |
25 | | married filing separately") or (ii) is a married couple filing |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 128 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | jointly or a natural person filing as head of household that |
2 | | reports total annual income of $53,784 or less (the |
3 | | "eligibility cap for married filing jointly and head of |
4 | | household") is entitled to a refundable tax credit known as the |
5 | | "family tax credit" in those amounts identified in subsection |
6 | | (b) of this Section. The family tax credit may be claimed only |
7 | | upon proper filing of an Illinois State income tax return by |
8 | | the eligible taxpayer. The eligibility caps shall increase for |
9 | | each tax year beginning after December 31, 2011, by an amount |
10 | | equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price |
11 | | Index ("CPI") published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics |
12 | | for the immediately preceding complete calendar year, |
13 | | multiplied by the eligibility caps for that immediately |
14 | | preceding tax year. |
15 | | (b) The amount of the credit shall be calculated as |
16 | | follows. |
17 | | (1) Single taxpayers with an adjusted gross income of |
18 | | less than $17,136 are entitled to a credit of $45 per |
19 | | dependent. |
20 | | (2) Single taxpayers with an adjusted gross income of |
21 | | $17,136 or more but less than $19,419 are entitled to a |
22 | | credit of $60 per dependent. |
23 | | (3) Single taxpayers with an adjusted gross income of |
24 | | $19,419 or more but less than $19,420 are entitled to a |
25 | | credit of $120 per dependent. |
26 | | (4) Single taxpayers with an adjusted gross income of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 129 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | $19,420 or more but less than $21,705 are entitled to a |
2 | | credit of $180 per dependent. |
3 | | (5) Single taxpayers with an adjusted gross income of |
4 | | $21,705 or more but less than $26,847 are entitled to a |
5 | | credit of $240 per dependent. |
6 | | (6) Married taxpayers filing separately with an |
7 | | adjusted gross income of less than $11,424 are entitled to |
8 | | a credit of $45 per dependent. |
9 | | (7) Married taxpayers filing separately with an |
10 | | adjusted gross income of $11,424 or more but less than |
11 | | $14,280 are entitled to a credit of $60 per dependent. |
12 | | (8) Married taxpayers filing separately with an |
13 | | adjusted gross income of $14,280 or more but less than |
14 | | $17,136 are entitled to a credit of $120 per dependent. |
15 | | (9) Married taxpayers filing separately with an |
16 | | adjusted gross income of $17,136 or more but less than |
17 | | $20,563 are entitled to a credit of $180 per dependent. |
18 | | (10) Married taxpayers filing separately with an |
19 | | adjusted gross income of $20,563 or more but less than |
20 | | $26,847 are entitled to a credit of $240 per dependent. |
21 | | (11) Married taxpayers filing jointly with an adjusted |
22 | | gross income of less than $22,848 are entitled to a credit |
23 | | of $45 per dependent. |
24 | | (12) Married taxpayers filing jointly with an adjusted |
25 | | gross income of $22,848 or more but less than $28,560 are |
26 | | entitled to a credit of $60 per dependent. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 130 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (13) Married taxpayers filing jointly with an adjusted |
2 | | gross income of $28,560 or more but less than $34,272 are |
3 | | entitled to a credit of $120 per dependent. |
4 | | (14) Married taxpayers filing jointly with an adjusted |
5 | | gross income of $37,272 or more but less than $41,126 are |
6 | | entitled to a credit of $180 per dependent. |
7 | | (15) Married taxpayers filing jointly with an adjusted |
8 | | gross income of $41,126 or more but less than $53,694 are |
9 | | entitled to a credit of $240 per dependent. |
10 | | (16) Taxpayers filing as head of household with an |
11 | | adjusted gross income of less than $22,848 are entitled to |
12 | | a credit of $45 per dependent. |
13 | | (17) Taxpayers filing as head of household with an |
14 | | adjusted gross income of $22,848 or more but less than |
15 | | $28,560 are entitled to a credit of $60 per dependent. |
16 | | (18) Taxpayers filing as head of household with an |
17 | | adjusted gross income of $28,560 or more but less than |
18 | | $34,272 are entitled to a credit of $120 per dependent. |
19 | | (19) Taxpayers filing as head of household with an |
20 | | adjusted gross income of $34,272 or more but less than |
21 | | $41,126 are entitled to a credit of $180 per dependent. |
22 | | (20) Taxpayers filing as head of household with an |
23 | | adjusted gross income of $41,126 or more but less than |
24 | | $53,694 are entitled to a credit of $240 per dependent. |
25 | | (c) The dollar range of adjusted gross income identified in |
26 | | subsection (b) and the credit-per-dependent amounts associated |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 131 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | therewith, shall each increase in each tax year beginning after |
2 | | December 31, 2011, by an amount equal to the applicable |
3 | | percentage increase, if any, in the CPI for the immediately |
4 | | preceding complete calendar year multiplied by the applicable |
5 | | adjusted gross income range amounts and the credit per |
6 | | dependent amounts associated therewith. The Department of |
7 | | Revenue shall update the adjusted gross income range amounts |
8 | | and associated credit amounts for the family tax credit |
9 | | annually and distribute the updated table with the Illinois |
10 | | individual income tax returns. |
11 | | (d) If the amount of the credit exceeds the income tax |
12 | | liability of an eligible taxpayer, the State shall refund to |
13 | | the taxpayer the difference between the credit and such |
14 | | eligible taxpayer's income tax liability. |
15 | | (e)This Section is exempt from the provisions of Section |
16 | | 250 of this Act. |
17 | | Section 15. The Retailers' Occupation Tax Act is amended by |
18 | | changing Section 1 and 2 as follows:
|
19 | | (35 ILCS 120/1) (from Ch. 120, par. 440)
|
20 | | Sec. 1. Definitions. "Sale at retail" means any transfer of |
21 | | the
ownership of or title to
tangible personal property to a |
22 | | purchaser, for the purpose of use or
consumption, and not for |
23 | | the purpose of resale in any form as tangible
personal property |
24 | | to the extent not first subjected to a use for which it
was |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 132 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | purchased, for a valuable consideration: Provided that the |
2 | | property
purchased is deemed to be purchased for the purpose of |
3 | | resale, despite
first being used, to the extent to which it is |
4 | | resold as an ingredient of
an intentionally produced product or |
5 | | byproduct of manufacturing. For this
purpose, slag produced as |
6 | | an incident to manufacturing pig iron or steel
and sold is |
7 | | considered to be an intentionally produced byproduct of
|
8 | | manufacturing. Transactions whereby the possession of the |
9 | | property is
transferred but the seller retains the title as |
10 | | security for payment of the
selling price shall be deemed to be |
11 | | sales.
|
12 | | "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any transfer |
13 | | of the
ownership of or title to tangible personal property to a |
14 | | purchaser, for use
or consumption by any other person to whom |
15 | | such purchaser may transfer the
tangible personal property |
16 | | without a valuable consideration, and to include
any transfer, |
17 | | whether made for or without a valuable consideration, for
|
18 | | resale in any form as tangible personal property unless made in |
19 | | compliance
with Section 2c of this Act.
|
20 | | Sales of tangible personal property, which property, to the |
21 | | extent not
first subjected to a use for which it was purchased, |
22 | | as an ingredient or
constituent, goes into and forms a part of |
23 | | tangible personal property
subsequently the subject of a "Sale |
24 | | at retail", are not sales at retail as
defined in this Act: |
25 | | Provided that the property purchased is deemed to be
purchased |
26 | | for the purpose of resale, despite first being used, to the
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 133 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | extent to which it is resold as an ingredient of an |
2 | | intentionally produced
product or byproduct of manufacturing.
|
3 | | "Sale at retail" shall be construed to include any Illinois |
4 | | florist's
sales transaction in which the purchase order is |
5 | | received in Illinois by a
florist and the sale is for use or |
6 | | consumption, but the Illinois florist
has a florist in another |
7 | | state deliver the property to the purchaser or the
purchaser's |
8 | | donee in such other state.
|
9 | | "Sale at retail" includes selling or providing any of the |
10 | | following services, as enumerated in the North American |
11 | | Industry Classification System Manual (NAICS), 1997, prepared |
12 | | by the United States Office of Management and Budget: |
13 | | (1) Specialized good warehousing and storage |
14 | | (4931902). |
15 | | (2) Household goods warehousing and storage (4931901). |
16 | | (3) Marinas (7131901). |
17 | | (4) Travel arrangement reservation services (5615). |
18 | | (5) Consumer electronics repair and maintenance |
19 | | (811211). |
20 | | (6) Personal and household goods. |
21 | | (7) Carpet and upholstery cleaning services (56174). |
22 | | (8) Dating services (8129902). |
23 | | (9) Hair, nail, and skin care (81211). |
24 | | (10) Other personal services other than hair, nail, |
25 | | facial, or nonpermanent makeup services (81219). |
26 | | (11) Dry cleaning and laundry, except coin-operated |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 134 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (81232). |
2 | | (12) Consumer goods rental (5322). |
3 | | (13) General goods rental (5323). |
4 | | (14) Diet and weight reducing services (812191). |
5 | | (15) Investigation services (561611). |
6 | | (16) Bail bonding (8129901). |
7 | | (17) Telephone answering services (561421). |
8 | | (18) Photographic studios, portrait (541921). |
9 | | (19) Linen supply (812331). |
10 | | (20) Industrial launderers (812332). |
11 | | (21) Interior design services (54141). |
12 | | (22) Computer systems design and related services |
13 | | (5415). |
14 | | (23) Credit bureaus (56145). |
15 | | (24) Collection agencies (56144). |
16 | | (25) Other business services, including copy shops |
17 | | (561439). |
18 | | (26) Automotive repair and maintenance (8111). |
19 | | (27) Parking lots and garages (81293). |
20 | | (28) Motor vehicle towing (48841). |
21 | | (29) Racetracks (711212). |
22 | | (30) Amusement parks and arcades (7131). |
23 | | (31) Bowling centers (71395). |
24 | | (32) Cable and other program distribution (51322). |
25 | | (33) Circuses (7111901). |
26 | | (34) Coin operated amusement devices, except slots |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 135 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (7139905). |
2 | | (35) Golf courses and country clubs (71391). |
3 | | (36) Fitness and recreational sports centers (711211). |
4 | | (37) Sports teams and clubs (711211). |
5 | | (38) Performing arts companies (7111). |
6 | | (39) Miniature golf courses (7139904). |
7 | | (40) Scenic and sightseeing transportation (487). |
8 | | (41) Limousine services (48532). |
9 | | (42) Unscheduled chartered passenger air |
10 | | transportation (481211). |
11 | | (43) Motion picture theaters, except drive-in theaters |
12 | | (512131). |
13 | | (44) Drive-in motion picture theaters (512132). |
14 | | Nonreusable tangible personal property that is used by |
15 | | persons engaged in
the business of operating a restaurant, |
16 | | cafeteria, or drive-in is a sale for
resale when it is |
17 | | transferred to customers in the ordinary course of business
as |
18 | | part of the sale of food or beverages and is used to deliver, |
19 | | package, or
consume food or beverages, regardless of where |
20 | | consumption of the food or
beverages occurs. Examples of those |
21 | | items include, but are not limited to
nonreusable, paper and |
22 | | plastic cups, plates, baskets, boxes, sleeves, buckets
or other |
23 | | containers, utensils, straws, placemats, napkins, doggie bags, |
24 | | and
wrapping or packaging
materials that are transferred to |
25 | | customers as part of the sale of food or
beverages in the |
26 | | ordinary course of business.
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 136 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | The purchase, employment and transfer of such tangible |
2 | | personal property
as newsprint and ink for the primary purpose |
3 | | of conveying news (with or
without other information) is not a |
4 | | purchase, use or sale of tangible
personal property.
|
5 | | A person whose activities are organized and conducted |
6 | | primarily as a
not-for-profit service enterprise, and who |
7 | | engages in selling tangible
personal property at retail |
8 | | (whether to the public or merely to members and
their guests) |
9 | | is engaged in the business of selling tangible personal
|
10 | | property at retail with respect to such transactions, excepting |
11 | | only a
person organized and operated exclusively for |
12 | | charitable, religious or
educational purposes either (1), to |
13 | | the extent of sales by such person to
its members, students, |
14 | | patients or inmates of tangible personal property to
be used |
15 | | primarily for the purposes of such person, or (2), to the |
16 | | extent of
sales by such person of tangible personal property |
17 | | which is not sold or
offered for sale by persons organized for |
18 | | profit. The selling of school
books and school supplies by |
19 | | schools at retail to students is not
"primarily for the |
20 | | purposes of" the school which does such selling. The
provisions |
21 | | of this paragraph shall not apply to nor subject to taxation
|
22 | | occasional dinners, socials or similar activities of a person |
23 | | organized and
operated exclusively for charitable, religious |
24 | | or educational purposes,
whether or not such activities are |
25 | | open to the public.
|
26 | | A person who is the recipient of a grant or contract under |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 137 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Title VII of
the Older Americans Act of 1965 (P.L. 92-258) and |
2 | | serves meals to
participants in the federal Nutrition Program |
3 | | for the Elderly in return for
contributions established in |
4 | | amount by the individual participant pursuant
to a schedule of |
5 | | suggested fees as provided for in the federal Act is not
|
6 | | engaged in the business of selling tangible personal property |
7 | | at retail
with respect to such transactions.
|
8 | | "Purchaser" means anyone who, through a sale at retail, |
9 | | acquires the
ownership of or title to tangible personal |
10 | | property for a valuable
consideration.
|
11 | | "Reseller of motor fuel" means any person engaged in the |
12 | | business of selling
or delivering or transferring title of |
13 | | motor fuel to another person
other than for use or consumption.
|
14 | | No person shall act as a reseller of motor fuel within this |
15 | | State without
first being registered as a reseller pursuant to |
16 | | Section 2c or a retailer
pursuant to Section 2a.
|
17 | | "Selling price" or the "amount of sale" means the |
18 | | consideration for a
sale valued in money whether received in |
19 | | money or otherwise, including
cash, credits, property, other |
20 | | than as hereinafter provided, and services,
but not including |
21 | | the value of or credit given for traded-in tangible
personal |
22 | | property where the item that is traded-in is of like kind and
|
23 | | character as that which is being sold, and shall be determined |
24 | | without any
deduction on account of the cost of the property |
25 | | sold, the cost of
materials used, labor or service cost or any |
26 | | other expense whatsoever, but
does not include charges that are |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 138 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | added to prices by sellers on account of
the seller's tax |
2 | | liability under this Act, or on account of the seller's
duty to |
3 | | collect, from the purchaser, the tax that is imposed by the Use |
4 | | Tax
Act, or, except as otherwise provided with respect to any |
5 | | cigarette tax imposed by a home rule unit, on account of the |
6 | | seller's tax liability under any local occupation tax |
7 | | administered by the Department, or, except as otherwise |
8 | | provided with respect to any cigarette tax imposed by a home |
9 | | rule unit on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the |
10 | | purchasers, the tax that is imposed under any local use tax |
11 | | administered by the Department.
Effective December 1, 1985, |
12 | | "selling price" shall include charges that
are added to prices |
13 | | by sellers on account of the seller's
tax liability under the |
14 | | Cigarette Tax Act, on account of the sellers'
duty to collect, |
15 | | from the purchaser, the tax imposed under the Cigarette
Use Tax |
16 | | Act, and on account of the seller's duty to collect, from the
|
17 | | purchaser, any cigarette tax imposed by a home rule unit.
|
18 | | The phrase "like kind and character" shall be liberally |
19 | | construed
(including but not limited to any form of motor |
20 | | vehicle for any form of
motor vehicle, or any kind of farm or |
21 | | agricultural implement for any other
kind of farm or |
22 | | agricultural implement), while not including a kind of item
|
23 | | which, if sold at retail by that retailer, would be exempt from |
24 | | retailers'
occupation tax and use tax as an isolated or |
25 | | occasional sale.
|
26 | | "Gross receipts" from the sales of tangible personal |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 139 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | property at retail
means the total selling price or the amount |
2 | | of such sales, as hereinbefore
defined. In the case of charge |
3 | | and time sales, the amount thereof shall be
included only as |
4 | | and when payments are received by the seller.
Receipts or other |
5 | | consideration derived by a seller from
the sale, transfer or |
6 | | assignment of accounts receivable to a wholly owned
subsidiary |
7 | | will not be deemed payments prior to the time the purchaser
|
8 | | makes payment on such accounts.
|
9 | | "Department" means the Department of Revenue.
|
10 | | "Person" means any natural individual, firm, partnership, |
11 | | association,
joint stock company, joint adventure, public or |
12 | | private corporation, limited
liability company, or a receiver, |
13 | | executor, trustee, guardian or other
representative appointed |
14 | | by order of any court.
|
15 | | The isolated or occasional sale of tangible personal |
16 | | property at retail
by a person who does not hold himself out as |
17 | | being engaged (or who does not
habitually engage) in selling |
18 | | such tangible personal property at retail, or
a sale through a |
19 | | bulk vending machine, does not constitute engaging in a
|
20 | | business of selling such tangible personal property at retail |
21 | | within the
meaning of this Act; provided that any person who is |
22 | | engaged in a business
which is not subject to the tax imposed |
23 | | by this Act because of involving
the sale of or a contract to |
24 | | sell real estate or a construction contract to
improve real |
25 | | estate or a construction contract to engineer, install, and
|
26 | | maintain an integrated system of products, but who, in the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 140 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | course of
conducting such business,
transfers tangible |
2 | | personal property to users or consumers in the finished
form in |
3 | | which it was purchased, and which does not become real estate |
4 | | or was
not engineered and installed, under any provision of a |
5 | | construction contract or
real estate sale or real estate sales |
6 | | agreement entered into with some other
person arising out of or |
7 | | because of such nontaxable business, is engaged in the
business |
8 | | of selling tangible personal property at retail to the extent |
9 | | of the
value of the tangible personal property so transferred. |
10 | | If, in such a
transaction, a separate charge is made for the |
11 | | tangible personal property so
transferred, the value of such |
12 | | property, for the purpose of this Act, shall be
the amount so |
13 | | separately charged, but not less than the cost of such property
|
14 | | to the transferor; if no separate charge is made, the value of |
15 | | such property,
for the purposes of this Act, is the cost to the |
16 | | transferor of such tangible
personal property. Construction |
17 | | contracts for the improvement of real estate
consisting of |
18 | | engineering, installation, and maintenance of voice, data, |
19 | | video,
security, and all telecommunication systems do not |
20 | | constitute engaging in a
business of selling tangible personal |
21 | | property at retail within the meaning of
this Act if they are |
22 | | sold at one specified contract price.
|
23 | | A person who holds himself or herself out as being engaged |
24 | | (or who habitually
engages) in selling tangible personal |
25 | | property at retail is a person
engaged in the business of |
26 | | selling tangible personal property at retail
hereunder with |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 141 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | respect to such sales (and not primarily in a service
|
2 | | occupation) notwithstanding the fact that such person designs |
3 | | and produces
such tangible personal property on special order |
4 | | for the purchaser and in
such a way as to render the property |
5 | | of value only to such purchaser, if
such tangible personal |
6 | | property so produced on special order serves
substantially the |
7 | | same function as stock or standard items of tangible
personal |
8 | | property that are sold at retail.
|
9 | | Persons who engage in the business of transferring tangible |
10 | | personal
property upon the redemption of trading stamps are |
11 | | engaged in the business
of selling such property at retail and |
12 | | shall be liable for and shall pay
the tax imposed by this Act |
13 | | on the basis of the retail value of the
property transferred |
14 | | upon redemption of such stamps.
|
15 | | "Bulk vending machine" means a vending machine,
containing |
16 | | unsorted confections, nuts, toys, or other items designed
|
17 | | primarily to be used or played with by children
which, when a |
18 | | coin or coins of a denomination not larger than $0.50 are
|
19 | | inserted, are dispensed in equal portions, at random and
|
20 | | without selection by the customer.
|
21 | | (Source: P.A. 95-723, eff. 6-23-08.)
|
22 | | (35 ILCS 120/2) (from Ch. 120, par. 441)
|
23 | | Sec. 2. Tax imposed. A tax is imposed upon persons engaged |
24 | | in the
business of selling at retail tangible personal |
25 | | property, including
computer software, and including |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 142 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | photographs, negatives, and positives that
are the product of |
2 | | photoprocessing, but not including products of
photoprocessing |
3 | | produced for use in motion pictures for public commercial
|
4 | | exhibition.
Beginning January 1, 2001, prepaid telephone |
5 | | calling arrangements shall be
considered tangible personal |
6 | | property subject to the tax imposed under this Act
regardless |
7 | | of the form in which those arrangements may be embodied,
|
8 | | transmitted, or fixed by any method now known or hereafter |
9 | | developed.
|
10 | | Beginning April 1, 2011, a tax is imposed upon persons |
11 | | engaged in the
business of selling or providing services as set |
12 | | forth in Section 1 of this Act. |
13 | | (Source: P.A. 91-51, eff. 6-30-99; 91-870, eff. 6-22-00.)
|
14 | | Section 20. The School Code is amended by changing Sections |
15 | | 1C-2, 14-13.01, and 18-8.05 and by adding Section 18-8.15 as |
16 | | follows:
|
17 | | (105 ILCS 5/1C-2)
|
18 | | Sec. 1C-2. Block grants.
|
19 | | (a) For fiscal year 1999, and each fiscal year thereafter, |
20 | | the State Board
of Education shall award to school districts |
21 | | block grants as described in subsection
(c). The State Board of |
22 | | Education may adopt
rules and regulations necessary to |
23 | | implement this Section. In accordance with
Section 2-3.32, all |
24 | | state block grants are subject to an audit. Therefore,
block |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 143 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | grant receipts and block grant expenditures shall be recorded |
2 | | to the
appropriate fund code.
|
3 | | (b) (Blank).
|
4 | | (c) An Early Childhood Education Block Grant shall be |
5 | | created by combining
the following programs: Preschool |
6 | | Education, Parental Training and Prevention
Initiative. These |
7 | | funds shall be distributed to school districts and other
|
8 | | entities on a competitive basis. Not less than 11% of this |
9 | | grant
shall be used to
fund programs for children ages 0-3, |
10 | | which percentage shall increase to at least 20% by Fiscal Year |
11 | | 2015. However, if, in a given fiscal year, the amount |
12 | | appropriated for the Early Childhood Education Block Grant is |
13 | | insufficient to increase the percentage of the grant to fund |
14 | | programs for children ages 0-3 without reducing the amount of |
15 | | the grant for existing providers of preschool education |
16 | | programs, then the percentage of the grant to fund programs for |
17 | | children ages 0-3 may be held steady instead of increased.
|
18 | | (d) The Early Childhood Fund is created as a special fund |
19 | | in the State treasury. All interest earned on moneys in the |
20 | | Fund shall be deposited into the Fund. The Early Childhood Fund |
21 | | shall not be subject to sweeps, administrative charges or |
22 | | charge-backs, including but not limited to those authorized |
23 | | under Section 8h of the State Finance Act, nor any other fiscal |
24 | | or budgetary maneuver that would in any way transfer any funds |
25 | | from the Early Childhood Fund into any other fund of the State.
|
26 | | The Fund shall be used to support the Illinois Early Learning |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 144 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | Standards and their use in early childhood programs, and for |
2 | | programs that focus on children from birth to 8 years old, |
3 | | early intervention for at-risk students, pre-Kindergarten |
4 | | programs, early literacy, and partnerships among schools, |
5 | | communities and service providers. No later than October 1, |
6 | | 2015, the State Comptroller and State Treasurer shall transfer |
7 | | from the General Revenue Fund to the Early Childhood Fund at |
8 | | least $400,000,000 for the 2015-2016 school year. By October 1 |
9 | | of each year thereafter, the State Comptroller and State |
10 | | Treasurer shall transfer from the General Revenue Fund to the |
11 | | Early Childhood Fund an amount equal to the amount transferred |
12 | | in the previous calendar year, increased annually by the Bureau |
13 | | of Labor Statistics, Employment Cost Index for Elementary and |
14 | | Secondary Schools for the last complete calendar year. |
15 | | (Source: P.A. 95-793, eff. 1-1-09; 96-423, eff. 8-13-09.)
|
16 | | (105 ILCS 5/14-13.01) (from Ch. 122, par. 14-13.01)
|
17 | | Sec. 14-13.01. Reimbursement payable by State; amounts for |
18 | | personnel and transportation. |
19 | | (a) Except as otherwise provided in this Section, for For |
20 | | staff working on behalf of children who have not been |
21 | | identified as eligible for special
education and for eligible |
22 | | children with physical
disabilities, including all
eligible |
23 | | children whose placement has been determined under Section |
24 | | 14-8.02 in
hospital or home instruction, 1/2 of the teacher's |
25 | | salary but not more than
$1,000 annually per child or $9,000 |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 145 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | per teacher, whichever is less. To qualify for home or hospital |
2 | | instruction, a child must, due to a medical condition, be |
3 | | unable to attend school, and instead must be instructed at home |
4 | | or in the hospital, for a period of 2 or more consecutive weeks |
5 | | or on an ongoing intermittent basis. In order to establish |
6 | | eligibility for home or hospital services, a student's parent |
7 | | or guardian must submit to the child's school district of |
8 | | residence a written statement from a physician licensed to |
9 | | practice medicine in all of its branches stating the existence |
10 | | of such medical condition, the impact on the child's ability to |
11 | | participate in education, and the anticipated duration or |
12 | | nature of the child's absence from school. Eligible children
to |
13 | | be included in any reimbursement under this paragraph must |
14 | | regularly
receive a minimum of one hour of instruction each |
15 | | school day, or in lieu
thereof of a minimum of 5 hours of |
16 | | instruction in each school week in
order to qualify for full |
17 | | reimbursement under this Section. If the
attending physician |
18 | | for such a child has certified that the child should
not |
19 | | receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a school week, |
20 | | however,
reimbursement under this paragraph on account of that |
21 | | child shall be
computed proportionate to the actual hours of |
22 | | instruction per week for
that child divided by 5. The State |
23 | | Board of Education shall establish rules governing the required |
24 | | qualifications of staff providing home or hospital |
25 | | instruction.
|
26 | | (b) For children described in Section 14-1.02, 80% of the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 146 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | cost of
transportation approved as a related service in the |
2 | | Individualized Education Program for each student
in order to |
3 | | take advantage of special educational facilities.
|
4 | | Transportation costs shall be determined in the same fashion as |
5 | | provided
in Section 29-5. For purposes of this subsection (b), |
6 | | the dates for
processing claims specified in Section 29-5 shall |
7 | | apply.
|
8 | | (c) For each qualified worker, the annual sum of
$9,000.
|
9 | | (d) For one full time qualified director of the special |
10 | | education
program of each school district which maintains a |
11 | | fully approved program
of special education the annual sum of |
12 | | $9,000. Districts participating in a joint agreement special
|
13 | | education program shall not receive such reimbursement if |
14 | | reimbursement is made
for a director of the joint agreement |
15 | | program.
|
16 | | (e) (Blank).
|
17 | | (f) (Blank).
|
18 | | (g) For readers, working with blind or partially seeing |
19 | | children 1/2
of their salary but not more than $400 annually |
20 | | per child. Readers may
be employed to assist such children and |
21 | | shall not be required to be
certified but prior to employment |
22 | | shall meet standards set up by the
State Board of Education.
|
23 | | (h) For non-certified employees, as defined by rules |
24 | | promulgated by the State Board of Education, who deliver |
25 | | services to students with IEPs, 1/2 of the salary paid or
|
26 | | $3,500 per employee, whichever is less.
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 147 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (i) For children who have not been identified as eligible |
2 | | for special education and for eligible children with physical |
3 | | disabilities, including all eligible children whose placement |
4 | | has been determined under Section 14-8.02 in hospital or home |
5 | | instruction, for the 2013-2014 school year and thereafter, the |
6 | | State shall reimburse each school district for the estimated |
7 | | cost of 1/2 of the applicable teacher's salary subject to the |
8 | | minimums identified in this subsection as follows: at least (1) |
9 | | $9,000 per teacher for the 2013-2014 school year; (2) at least |
10 | | $11,691 per teacher for the 2014-2015 school year; (3) at least |
11 | | $12,588 per teacher for the 2015 – 2016 school year; (4) at |
12 | | least $14,382 per teacher for the 2016–2017 school year; and |
13 | | (5) at least $19,765 per teacher for the 2017 – 2018 school |
14 | | year. Thereafter, the reimbursement per teacher shall increase |
15 | | annually by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, Employment Cost |
16 | | Index for Elementary and Secondary Schools for the previous |
17 | | calendar year. Children to be included in any reimbursement |
18 | | under this paragraph must regularly receive a minimum of one |
19 | | hour of instruction each school day, or in lieu thereof of a |
20 | | minimum of 5 hours of instruction in each school week in order |
21 | | to qualify for full reimbursement under this Section. If the |
22 | | attending physician for such a child has certified that the |
23 | | child should not receive as many as 5 hours of instruction in a |
24 | | school week, however, reimbursement under this paragraph on |
25 | | account of that child shall be computed proportionate to the |
26 | | actual hours of instruction per week for that child divided by |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 148 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | 5. |
2 | | (j) For one full time qualified director of the special |
3 | | education program of each school district which maintains a |
4 | | fully approved program of special education, for the 2013-2014 |
5 | | school year and thereafter, the State shall reimburse each |
6 | | school district for the estimated cost applicable for the |
7 | | salary of one full time qualified director of the special |
8 | | education program subject to the limits identified in this |
9 | | subsection as follows: at least (1) $9,000 per director for the |
10 | | 2013-2014 school year; (2) at least $11,691 per director for |
11 | | the 2014-2015 school year; (3) at least $12,588 per director |
12 | | for the 2015–2016 school year; (4) at least $14,382 per |
13 | | director for the 2016–2017 school year; and (5) at least |
14 | | $19,765 per director for the 2017–2018 school year. Thereafter, |
15 | | the reimbursement per teacher shall increase annually by the |
16 | | Bureau of Labor Statistics, Employment Cost Index for |
17 | | Elementary and Secondary Schools for the previous calendar |
18 | | year. Districts participating in a joint agreement special |
19 | | education program shall not receive such reimbursement if |
20 | | reimbursement is made for a director of the joint agreement |
21 | | program. |
22 | | (k) For each school psychologist as defined in Section |
23 | | 14-1.09, for the 2013-2014 school year and thereafter, the |
24 | | State shall reimburse each school district for the estimated |
25 | | cost applicable for the salary of each school psychologist |
26 | | subject to the limits identified in this subsection as follows: |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 149 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | at least (1) $9,000 per psychologist for the 2013-2014 school |
2 | | year; (2) at least $11,691 per psychologist for the 2014-2015 |
3 | | school year; (3) at least $12,588 per psychologist for the |
4 | | 2015–2016 school year; (4) at least $14,382 per psychologist |
5 | | for the 2016–2017 school year; and (5) at least $19,765 per |
6 | | psychologist for the 2017–2018 school year. Thereafter, the |
7 | | reimbursement per teacher shall increase annually by the Bureau |
8 | | of Labor Statistics, Employment Cost Index for Elementary and |
9 | | Secondary Schools for the previous calendar year. |
10 | | (l) For each qualified teacher working in a fully approved |
11 | | program for children of preschool age who are deaf or hard of |
12 | | hearing, for the 2013-2014 school year and thereafter, the |
13 | | State shall reimburse each school district for the estimated |
14 | | cost applicable for the salary of each qualified teacher |
15 | | subject to the limits identified in this subsection as follows: |
16 | | At least (1) $9,000 per teacher for the 2013-2014 school year; |
17 | | (2) at least $11,691 per teacher for the 2014-2015 school year; |
18 | | (3) at least $12,588 per teacher for the 2015–2016 school year, |
19 | | (4) at least $14,382 per teacher for the 2016–2017 school year; |
20 | | and (5) at least $19,765 per teacher for the 2017–2018 school |
21 | | year. Thereafter, the reimbursement per teacher shall increase |
22 | | annually by the Bureau of Labor Statistics, Employment Cost |
23 | | Index for Elementary and Secondary Schools for the previous |
24 | | calendar year. |
25 | | (m) For necessary non-certified employees working in any |
26 | | class or program for children defined in this Article, 1/2 of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 150 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the salary paid or $3,500 annually per employee whichever is |
2 | | less, for the 2010-2011 school year, at least (1) $4,354 per |
3 | | employee for the 2013-2014 school year, (2) at least $4,639 per |
4 | | employee for the 2014-2015 school year, (3) at least $5,209 per |
5 | | employee for the 2015-2016 school year, (4) at least $6,918 per |
6 | | employee for the 2016-2017 school year. Thereafter, the |
7 | | reimbursement per teacher shall increase annually by the Bureau |
8 | | of Labor Statistics, Employment Cost Index for Elementary and |
9 | | Secondary Schools for the previous calendar year. |
10 | | The State Board of Education shall set standards and |
11 | | prescribe rules
for determining the allocation of |
12 | | reimbursement under this section on
less than a full time basis |
13 | | and for less than a school year.
|
14 | | When any school district eligible for reimbursement under |
15 | | this
Section operates a school or program approved by the State
|
16 | | Superintendent of Education for a number of days in excess of |
17 | | the
adopted school calendar but not to exceed 235 school days, |
18 | | such
reimbursement shall be increased by 1/180 of the amount or |
19 | | rate paid
hereunder for each day such school is operated in |
20 | | excess of 180 days per
calendar year.
|
21 | | Notwithstanding any other provision of law, any school |
22 | | district receiving
a payment under this Section or under |
23 | | Section 14-7.02, 14-7.02b, or
29-5 of this Code may classify |
24 | | all or a portion of the funds that it receives
in a particular |
25 | | fiscal year or from general State aid pursuant to Section
|
26 | | 18-8.05 of this Code as
funds received in connection with any |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 151 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | funding program for which it is
entitled to receive funds from |
2 | | the State in that fiscal year (including,
without limitation, |
3 | | any funding program referenced in this Section),
regardless of |
4 | | the source or timing of the receipt. The district may not
|
5 | | classify more funds as funds received in connection with the |
6 | | funding
program than the district is entitled to receive in |
7 | | that fiscal year for that
program. Any
classification by a |
8 | | district must be made by a resolution of its board of
|
9 | | education. The resolution must identify the amount of any |
10 | | payments or
general State aid to be classified under this |
11 | | paragraph and must specify
the funding program to which the |
12 | | funds are to be treated as received in
connection therewith. |
13 | | This resolution is controlling as to the
classification of |
14 | | funds referenced therein. A certified copy of the
resolution |
15 | | must be sent to the State Superintendent of Education.
The |
16 | | resolution shall still take effect even though a copy of the |
17 | | resolution has
not been sent to the State
Superintendent of |
18 | | Education in a timely manner.
No
classification under this |
19 | | paragraph by a district shall affect the total amount
or timing |
20 | | of money the district is entitled to receive under this Code.
|
21 | | No classification under this paragraph by a district shall
in |
22 | | any way relieve the district from or affect any
requirements |
23 | | that otherwise would apply with respect to
that funding |
24 | | program, including any
accounting of funds by source, reporting |
25 | | expenditures by
original source and purpose,
reporting |
26 | | requirements,
or requirements of providing services.
|
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 152 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (Source: P.A. 95-415, eff. 8-24-07; 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; |
2 | | 96-257, eff. 8-11-09.)
|
3 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.05)
|
4 | | Sec. 18-8.05. Basis for apportionment of general State |
5 | | financial aid and
supplemental general State aid to the common |
6 | | schools for the 1998-1999 and
subsequent school years.
|
7 | | (A) General Provisions. |
8 | | (1) The provisions of this Section apply to the 1998-1999 |
9 | | and subsequent
school years. The system of general State |
10 | | financial aid provided for in this
Section
is designed to |
11 | | assure that, through a combination of State financial aid and
|
12 | | required local resources, the financial support provided each |
13 | | pupil in Average
Daily Attendance equals or exceeds a
|
14 | | prescribed per pupil Foundation Level. This formula approach |
15 | | imputes a level
of per pupil Available Local Resources and |
16 | | provides for the basis to calculate
a per pupil level of |
17 | | general State financial aid that, when added to Available
Local |
18 | | Resources, equals or exceeds the Foundation Level. The
amount |
19 | | of per pupil general State financial aid for school districts, |
20 | | in
general, varies in inverse
relation to Available Local |
21 | | Resources. Per pupil amounts are based upon
each school |
22 | | district's Average Daily Attendance as that term is defined in |
23 | | this
Section. |
24 | | (2) In addition to general State financial aid, school |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 153 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | districts with
specified levels or concentrations of pupils |
2 | | from low income households are
eligible to receive supplemental |
3 | | general State financial aid grants as provided
pursuant to |
4 | | subsection (H).
The supplemental State aid grants provided for |
5 | | school districts under
subsection (H) shall be appropriated for |
6 | | distribution to school districts as
part of the same line item |
7 | | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
8 | | appropriated under this Section. |
9 | | (3) To receive financial assistance under this Section, |
10 | | school districts
are required to file claims with the State |
11 | | Board of Education, subject to the
following requirements: |
12 | | (a) Any school district which fails for any given |
13 | | school year to maintain
school as required by law, or to |
14 | | maintain a recognized school is not
eligible to file for |
15 | | such school year any claim upon the Common School
Fund. In |
16 | | case of nonrecognition of one or more attendance centers in |
17 | | a
school district otherwise operating recognized schools, |
18 | | the claim of the
district shall be reduced in the |
19 | | proportion which the Average Daily
Attendance in the |
20 | | attendance center or centers bear to the Average Daily
|
21 | | Attendance in the school district. A "recognized school" |
22 | | means any
public school which meets the standards as |
23 | | established for recognition
by the State Board of |
24 | | Education. A school district or attendance center
not |
25 | | having recognition status at the end of a school term is |
26 | | entitled to
receive State aid payments due upon a legal |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 154 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | claim which was filed while
it was recognized. |
2 | | (b) School district claims filed under this Section are |
3 | | subject to
Sections 18-9 and 18-12, except as otherwise |
4 | | provided in this
Section. |
5 | | (c) If a school district operates a full year school |
6 | | under Section
10-19.1, the general State aid to the school |
7 | | district shall be determined
by the State Board of |
8 | | Education in accordance with this Section as near as
may be |
9 | | applicable. |
10 | | (d) (Blank). |
11 | | (4) Except as provided in subsections (H) and (L), the |
12 | | board of any district
receiving any of the grants provided for |
13 | | in this Section may apply those funds
to any fund so received |
14 | | for which that board is authorized to make expenditures
by law. |
15 | | School districts are not required to exert a minimum |
16 | | Operating Tax Rate in
order to qualify for assistance under |
17 | | this Section. |
18 | | (5) As used in this Section the following terms, when |
19 | | capitalized, shall
have the meaning ascribed herein: |
20 | | (a) "Average Daily Attendance": A count of pupil |
21 | | attendance in school,
averaged as provided for in |
22 | | subsection (C) and utilized in deriving per pupil
financial |
23 | | support levels. |
24 | | (b) "Available Local Resources": A computation of |
25 | | local financial
support, calculated on the basis of Average |
26 | | Daily Attendance and derived as
provided pursuant to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 155 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | subsection (D). |
2 | | (c) "Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes": |
3 | | Funds paid to local
school districts pursuant to "An Act in |
4 | | relation to the abolition of ad valorem
personal property |
5 | | tax and the replacement of revenues lost thereby, and
|
6 | | amending and repealing certain Acts and parts of Acts in |
7 | | connection therewith",
certified August 14, 1979, as |
8 | | amended (Public Act 81-1st S.S.-1). |
9 | | (c-5) "ECI" means the Employment Cost Index as |
10 | | published by the U.S. Bureau of Labor Statistics. |
11 | | (d) "Foundation Level": A prescribed level of per pupil |
12 | | financial support
as provided for in subsection (B). |
13 | | (e) "Operating Tax Rate": All school district property |
14 | | taxes extended for
all purposes, except Bond and
Interest, |
15 | | Summer School, Rent, Capital Improvement, and Vocational |
16 | | Education
Building purposes.
|
17 | | (B) Foundation Level. |
18 | | (1) The Foundation Level is a figure established by the |
19 | | State representing
the minimum level of per pupil financial |
20 | | support that should be available to
provide for the basic |
21 | | education of each pupil in
Average Daily Attendance. As set |
22 | | forth in this Section, each school district
is assumed to exert
|
23 | | a sufficient local taxing effort such that, in combination with |
24 | | the aggregate
of general State
financial aid provided the |
25 | | district, an aggregate of State and local resources
are |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 156 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | available to meet
the basic education needs of pupils in the |
2 | | district. |
3 | | (2) For the 1998-1999 school year, the Foundation Level of |
4 | | support is
$4,225. For the 1999-2000 school year, the |
5 | | Foundation Level of support is
$4,325. For the 2000-2001 school |
6 | | year, the Foundation Level of support is
$4,425. For the |
7 | | 2001-2002 school year and 2002-2003 school year, the
Foundation |
8 | | Level of support is $4,560. For the 2003-2004 school year, the |
9 | | Foundation Level of support is $4,810. For the 2004-2005 school |
10 | | year, the Foundation Level of support is $4,964.
For the |
11 | | 2005-2006 school year,
the Foundation Level of support is |
12 | | $5,164. For the 2006-2007 school year, the Foundation Level of |
13 | | support is $5,334. For the 2007-2008 school year, the |
14 | | Foundation Level of support is $5,734. For the 2008-2009 school |
15 | | year, the Foundation Level of support is $5,959. |
16 | | (3) For the 2009-2010 school year and each school year |
17 | | thereafter ,
the Foundation Level of support is $6,119 or such |
18 | | greater amount as
may be established by law by the General |
19 | | Assembly. For each school year thereafter, the Foundation Level |
20 | | of support shall be equal to the Foundation Level of support |
21 | | for the immediately preceding school year, increased by the |
22 | | percentage increase, if any, in the ECI greater amount as may |
23 | | be established by law by the General Assembly. |
24 | | (4) It is the intention of the General Assembly that the |
25 | | Foundation Level of support be increased to the Education |
26 | | Funding Advisory Board's recommendation of $7,288 per pupil for |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 157 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the 2009-2010 school year, as fully inflation adjusted using |
2 | | the ECI to the 2016-2017 school year total of $8,944 (the |
3 | | "Enhanced Funding Amount"), and that the Foundation Level of |
4 | | support be reached over a 4-year phase-in period, adjusting for |
5 | | inflation as aforesaid, annually during the phase-in |
6 | | commencing in school year 2013-2014 as provided in this |
7 | | Section, to allow for thoughtful planning on the use of such |
8 | | funding to best enhance education, and to comport with the |
9 | | 2-year deficit reduction period referenced in Section 50-30 of |
10 | | the State Budget Law of the Civil Administrative Code of |
11 | | Illinois. Therefore, (i) for the 2011-2012 school year, the |
12 | | Foundation Level of support will be the sum of the Foundation |
13 | | Level of support in the 2010-2011 school year, plus the ECI |
14 | | multiplied by that amount and (ii) for the 2012-2013 school |
15 | | year, the Foundation Level of support shall be the sum of the |
16 | | amount obtained for the 2011-2012 school year under this |
17 | | sentence, plus the ECI multiplied by that amount. In the |
18 | | 2013-2014 school year, the phase-in of the Enhanced Funding |
19 | | Amount shall begin as follows: (i) in the 2013-2014 school |
20 | | year, the Foundation Level of support shall be the sum of (A) |
21 | | the Foundation Level of support for the 2012-2013 school year |
22 | | plus (B) 1/4 of the difference between the Foundation Level of |
23 | | support in the 2012-2013 school year and the Enhanced Funding |
24 | | Amount with that difference being referred to as the |
25 | | "Incremental Foundation Level Increase"; (ii) in the 2014-2015 |
26 | | school year, the Foundation Level of support shall be equal to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 158 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the sum of the Foundation Level of support in the 2013-2014 |
2 | | school year, plus the Incremental Foundation Level Increase; |
3 | | (iii) in the 2015-2016 school year, the Foundation Level of |
4 | | support shall be the sum of the Foundation Level of support in |
5 | | the 2014-2015 school year plus the Incremental Foundation Level |
6 | | Increase; and (iv) in the 2016-2017 school year, the Foundation |
7 | | Level of support shall be the sum of the Foundation Level of |
8 | | support in the 2015-2016 school year, plus the Incremental |
9 | | Foundation Level Increase. For each school year thereafter, the |
10 | | Foundation Level of support shall be equal to the Foundation |
11 | | Level of support for the immediately preceding school year, |
12 | | increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the ECI |
13 | | published for the immediately preceding complete calendar |
14 | | year, or such greater amount as may be established by law by |
15 | | the General Assembly.
|
16 | | (C) Average Daily Attendance. |
17 | | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
18 | | to subsection
(E), an Average Daily Attendance figure shall be |
19 | | utilized. The Average Daily
Attendance figure for formula
|
20 | | calculation purposes shall be the monthly average of the actual |
21 | | number of
pupils in attendance of
each school district, as |
22 | | further averaged for the best 3 months of pupil
attendance for |
23 | | each
school district. In compiling the figures for the number |
24 | | of pupils in
attendance, school districts
and the State Board |
25 | | of Education shall, for purposes of general State aid
funding, |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 159 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | conform
attendance figures to the requirements of subsection |
2 | | (F). |
3 | | (2) The Average Daily Attendance figures utilized in |
4 | | subsection (E) shall be
the requisite attendance data for the |
5 | | school year immediately preceding
the
school year for which |
6 | | general State aid is being calculated
or the average of the |
7 | | attendance data for the 3 preceding school
years, whichever is |
8 | | greater. The Average Daily Attendance figures
utilized in |
9 | | subsection (H) shall be the requisite attendance data for the
|
10 | | school year immediately preceding the school year for which |
11 | | general
State aid is being calculated.
|
12 | | (D) Available Local Resources. |
13 | | (1) For purposes of calculating general State aid pursuant |
14 | | to subsection
(E), a representation of Available Local |
15 | | Resources per pupil, as that term is
defined and determined in |
16 | | this subsection, shall be utilized. Available Local
Resources |
17 | | per pupil shall include a calculated
dollar amount representing |
18 | | local school district revenues from local property
taxes and |
19 | | from
Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes, expressed |
20 | | on the basis of pupils
in Average
Daily Attendance. Calculation |
21 | | of Available Local Resources shall exclude any tax amnesty |
22 | | funds received as a result of Public Act 93-26. |
23 | | (2) In determining a school district's revenue from local |
24 | | property taxes,
the State Board of Education shall utilize the |
25 | | equalized assessed valuation of
all taxable property of each |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 160 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | school
district as of September 30 of the previous year. The |
2 | | equalized assessed
valuation utilized shall
be obtained and |
3 | | determined as provided in subsection (G). |
4 | | (3) For school districts maintaining grades kindergarten |
5 | | through 12, local
property tax
revenues per pupil shall be |
6 | | calculated as the product of the applicable
equalized assessed
|
7 | | valuation for the district multiplied by 3.00%, and divided by |
8 | | the district's
Average Daily
Attendance figure. For school |
9 | | districts maintaining grades kindergarten
through 8, local
|
10 | | property tax revenues per pupil shall be calculated as the |
11 | | product of the
applicable equalized
assessed valuation for the |
12 | | district multiplied by 2.30%, and divided by the
district's |
13 | | Average
Daily Attendance figure. For school districts |
14 | | maintaining grades 9 through 12,
local property
tax revenues |
15 | | per pupil shall be the applicable equalized assessed valuation |
16 | | of
the district
multiplied by 1.05%, and divided by the |
17 | | district's Average Daily
Attendance
figure. |
18 | | For partial elementary unit districts created pursuant to |
19 | | Article 11E of this Code, local property tax revenues per pupil |
20 | | shall be calculated as the product of the equalized assessed |
21 | | valuation for property within the partial elementary unit |
22 | | district for elementary purposes, as defined in Article 11E of |
23 | | this Code, multiplied by 2.06% and divided by the district's |
24 | | Average Daily Attendance figure, plus the product of the |
25 | | equalized assessed valuation for property within the partial |
26 | | elementary unit district for high school purposes, as defined |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 161 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | in Article 11E of this Code, multiplied by 0.94% and divided by |
2 | | the district's Average Daily Attendance figure.
|
3 | | (4) The Corporate Personal Property Replacement Taxes paid |
4 | | to each school
district during the calendar year one year |
5 | | before the calendar year in which a
school year begins, divided |
6 | | by the Average Daily Attendance figure for that
district, shall |
7 | | be added to the local property tax revenues per pupil as
|
8 | | derived by the application of the immediately preceding |
9 | | paragraph (3). The sum
of these per pupil figures for each |
10 | | school district shall constitute Available
Local Resources as |
11 | | that term is utilized in subsection (E) in the calculation
of |
12 | | general State aid.
|
13 | | (E) Computation of General State Aid. |
14 | | (1) For each school year, the amount of general State aid |
15 | | allotted to a
school district shall be computed by the State |
16 | | Board of Education as provided
in this subsection. |
17 | | (2) For any school district for which Available Local |
18 | | Resources per pupil
is less than the product of 0.93 times the |
19 | | Foundation Level, general State aid
for that district shall be |
20 | | calculated as an amount equal to the Foundation
Level minus |
21 | | Available Local Resources, multiplied by the Average Daily
|
22 | | Attendance of the school district. |
23 | | (3) For any school district for which Available Local |
24 | | Resources per pupil
is equal to or greater than the product of |
25 | | 0.93 times the Foundation Level and
less than the product of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 162 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | 1.75 times the Foundation Level, the general State aid
per |
2 | | pupil shall be a decimal proportion of the Foundation Level |
3 | | derived using a
linear algorithm. Under this linear algorithm, |
4 | | the calculated general State
aid per pupil shall decline in |
5 | | direct linear fashion from 0.07 times the
Foundation Level for |
6 | | a school district with Available Local Resources equal to
the |
7 | | product of 0.93 times the Foundation Level, to 0.05 times the |
8 | | Foundation
Level for a school district with Available Local |
9 | | Resources equal to the product
of 1.75 times the Foundation |
10 | | Level. The allocation of general
State aid for school districts |
11 | | subject to this paragraph 3 shall be the
calculated general |
12 | | State aid
per pupil figure multiplied by the Average Daily |
13 | | Attendance of the school
district. |
14 | | (4) For any school district for which Available Local |
15 | | Resources per pupil
equals or exceeds the product of 1.75 times |
16 | | the Foundation Level, the general
State aid for the school |
17 | | district shall be calculated as the product of $218
multiplied |
18 | | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school
district. |
19 | | (5) The amount of general State aid allocated to a school |
20 | | district for
the 1999-2000 school year meeting the requirements |
21 | | set forth in paragraph (4)
of subsection
(G) shall be increased |
22 | | by an amount equal to the general State aid that
would have |
23 | | been received by the district for the 1998-1999 school year by
|
24 | | utilizing the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed |
25 | | Valuation as calculated
in paragraph (4) of subsection (G) less |
26 | | the general State aid allotted for the
1998-1999
school year. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 163 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | This amount shall be deemed a one time increase, and shall not
|
2 | | affect any future general State aid allocations.
|
3 | | (F) Compilation of Average Daily Attendance. |
4 | | (1) Each school district shall, by July 1 of each year, |
5 | | submit to the State
Board of Education, on forms prescribed by |
6 | | the State Board of Education,
attendance figures for the school |
7 | | year that began in the preceding calendar
year. The attendance |
8 | | information so transmitted shall identify the average
daily |
9 | | attendance figures for each month of the school year. Beginning |
10 | | with
the general State aid claim form for the 2002-2003 school
|
11 | | year, districts shall calculate Average Daily Attendance as |
12 | | provided in
subdivisions (a), (b), and (c) of this paragraph |
13 | | (1). |
14 | | (a) In districts that do not hold year-round classes,
|
15 | | days of attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
16 | | September and any
days of attendance in June shall be added |
17 | | to the month of May. |
18 | | (b) In districts in which all buildings hold year-round |
19 | | classes,
days of attendance in July and August shall be |
20 | | added to the month
of September and any days of attendance |
21 | | in June shall be added to
the month of May. |
22 | | (c) In districts in which some buildings, but not all, |
23 | | hold
year-round classes, for the non-year-round buildings, |
24 | | days of
attendance in August shall be added to the month of |
25 | | September
and any days of attendance in June shall be added |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 164 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | to the month of
May. The average daily attendance for the |
2 | | year-round buildings
shall be computed as provided in |
3 | | subdivision (b) of this paragraph
(1). To calculate the |
4 | | Average Daily Attendance for the district, the
average |
5 | | daily attendance for the year-round buildings shall be
|
6 | | multiplied by the days in session for the non-year-round |
7 | | buildings
for each month and added to the monthly |
8 | | attendance of the
non-year-round buildings. |
9 | | Except as otherwise provided in this Section, days of
|
10 | | attendance by pupils shall be counted only for sessions of not |
11 | | less than
5 clock hours of school work per day under direct |
12 | | supervision of: (i)
teachers, or (ii) non-teaching personnel or |
13 | | volunteer personnel when engaging
in non-teaching duties and |
14 | | supervising in those instances specified in
subsection (a) of |
15 | | Section 10-22.34 and paragraph 10 of Section 34-18, with
pupils |
16 | | of legal school age and in kindergarten and grades 1 through |
17 | | 12. |
18 | | Days of attendance by tuition pupils shall be accredited |
19 | | only to the
districts that pay the tuition to a recognized |
20 | | school. |
21 | | (2) Days of attendance by pupils of less than 5 clock hours |
22 | | of school
shall be subject to the following provisions in the |
23 | | compilation of Average
Daily Attendance. |
24 | | (a) Pupils regularly enrolled in a public school for |
25 | | only a part of
the school day may be counted on the basis |
26 | | of 1/6 day for every class hour
of instruction of 40 |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 165 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | minutes or more attended pursuant to such enrollment,
|
2 | | unless a pupil is
enrolled in a block-schedule format of 80 |
3 | | minutes or more of instruction,
in which case the pupil may |
4 | | be counted on the basis of the proportion of
minutes of |
5 | | school work completed each day to the minimum number of
|
6 | | minutes that school work is required to be held that day. |
7 | | (b) Days of attendance may be less than 5 clock hours |
8 | | on the opening
and closing of the school term, and upon the |
9 | | first day of pupil
attendance, if preceded by a day or days |
10 | | utilized as an institute or
teachers' workshop. |
11 | | (c) A session of 4 or more clock hours may be counted |
12 | | as a day of
attendance upon certification by the regional |
13 | | superintendent, and
approved by the State Superintendent |
14 | | of Education to the extent that the
district has been |
15 | | forced to use daily multiple sessions. |
16 | | (d) A session of 3 or more clock hours may be counted |
17 | | as a day of
attendance (1) when the remainder of the school |
18 | | day or at least
2 hours in the evening of that day is |
19 | | utilized for an
in-service training program for teachers, |
20 | | up to a maximum of 5 days per
school year, provided a |
21 | | district conducts an in-service
training program for |
22 | | teachers in accordance with Section 10-22.39 of this Code; |
23 | | or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days may
be used, in |
24 | | which event each such day
may be counted as a day required |
25 | | for a legal school calendar pursuant to Section 10-19 of |
26 | | this Code; (1.5) when, of the 5 days allowed under item |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 166 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (1), a maximum of 4 days are used for parent-teacher |
2 | | conferences, or, in lieu of 4 such days, 2 full days are |
3 | | used, in which case each such day may be counted as a |
4 | | calendar day required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
5 | | provided that the full-day, parent-teacher conference |
6 | | consists of (i) a minimum of 5 clock hours of |
7 | | parent-teacher conferences, (ii) both a minimum of 2 clock |
8 | | hours of parent-teacher conferences held in the evening |
9 | | following a full day of student attendance, as specified in |
10 | | subsection (F)(1)(c), and a minimum of 3 clock hours of |
11 | | parent-teacher conferences held on the day immediately |
12 | | following evening parent-teacher conferences, or (iii) |
13 | | multiple parent-teacher conferences held in the evenings |
14 | | following full days of student attendance, as specified in |
15 | | subsection (F)(1)(c), in which the time used for the |
16 | | parent-teacher conferences is equivalent to a minimum of 5 |
17 | | clock hours; and (2) when days in
addition to
those |
18 | | provided in items (1) and (1.5) are scheduled by a school |
19 | | pursuant to its school
improvement plan adopted under |
20 | | Article 34 or its revised or amended school
improvement |
21 | | plan adopted under Article 2, provided that (i) such |
22 | | sessions of
3 or more clock hours are scheduled to occur at |
23 | | regular intervals, (ii) the
remainder of the school days in |
24 | | which such sessions occur are utilized
for in-service |
25 | | training programs or other staff development activities |
26 | | for
teachers, and (iii) a sufficient number of minutes of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 167 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | school work under the
direct supervision of teachers are |
2 | | added to the school days between such
regularly scheduled |
3 | | sessions to accumulate not less than the number of minutes
|
4 | | by which such sessions of 3 or more clock hours fall short |
5 | | of 5 clock hours.
Any full days used for the purposes of |
6 | | this paragraph shall not be considered
for
computing |
7 | | average daily attendance. Days scheduled for in-service |
8 | | training
programs, staff development activities, or |
9 | | parent-teacher conferences may be
scheduled separately for |
10 | | different
grade levels and different attendance centers of |
11 | | the district. |
12 | | (e) A session of not less than one clock hour of |
13 | | teaching
hospitalized or homebound pupils on-site or by |
14 | | telephone to the classroom may
be counted as 1/2 day of |
15 | | attendance, however these pupils must receive 4 or
more |
16 | | clock hours of instruction to be counted for a full day of |
17 | | attendance. |
18 | | (f) A session of at least 4 clock hours may be counted |
19 | | as a day of
attendance for first grade pupils, and pupils |
20 | | in full day kindergartens,
and a session of 2 or more hours |
21 | | may be counted as 1/2 day of attendance by
pupils in |
22 | | kindergartens which provide only 1/2 day of attendance. |
23 | | (g) For children with disabilities who are below the |
24 | | age of 6 years and
who
cannot attend 2 or more clock hours |
25 | | because of their disability or
immaturity, a session of not |
26 | | less than one clock hour may be counted as 1/2 day
of |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 168 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | attendance; however for such children whose educational |
2 | | needs so require
a session of 4 or more clock hours may be |
3 | | counted as a full day of attendance. |
4 | | (h) A recognized kindergarten which provides for only |
5 | | 1/2 day of
attendance by each pupil shall not have more |
6 | | than 1/2 day of attendance
counted in any one day. However, |
7 | | kindergartens may count 2 1/2 days
of
attendance in any 5 |
8 | | consecutive school days. When a pupil attends such a
|
9 | | kindergarten for 2 half days on any one school day, the |
10 | | pupil shall have
the following day as a day absent from |
11 | | school, unless the school district
obtains permission in |
12 | | writing from the State Superintendent of Education.
|
13 | | Attendance at kindergartens which provide for a full day of |
14 | | attendance by
each pupil shall be counted the same as |
15 | | attendance by first grade pupils.
Only the first year of |
16 | | attendance in one kindergarten shall be counted,
except in |
17 | | case of children who entered the kindergarten in their |
18 | | fifth year
whose educational development requires a second |
19 | | year of kindergarten as
determined under the rules and |
20 | | regulations of the State Board of Education. |
21 | | (i) On the days when the Prairie State Achievement |
22 | | Examination is
administered under subsection (c) of |
23 | | Section 2-3.64 of this Code, the day
of attendance for a |
24 | | pupil whose school
day must be shortened to accommodate |
25 | | required testing procedures may
be less than 5 clock hours |
26 | | and shall be counted towards the 176 days of actual pupil |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 169 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | attendance required under Section 10-19 of this Code, |
2 | | provided that a sufficient number of minutes
of school work |
3 | | in excess of 5 clock hours are first completed on other |
4 | | school
days to compensate for the loss of school work on |
5 | | the examination days.
|
6 | | (G) Equalized Assessed Valuation Data. |
7 | | (1) For purposes of the calculation of Available Local |
8 | | Resources required
pursuant to subsection (D), the
State Board |
9 | | of Education shall secure from the Department of
Revenue the |
10 | | value as equalized or assessed by the Department of Revenue of
|
11 | | all taxable property of every school district, together with |
12 | | (i) the applicable
tax rate used in extending taxes for the |
13 | | funds of the district as of
September 30 of the previous year
|
14 | | and (ii) the limiting rate for all school
districts subject to |
15 | | property tax extension limitations as imposed under the
|
16 | | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law.
|
17 | | The Department of Revenue shall add to the equalized |
18 | | assessed value of all
taxable
property of each school district |
19 | | situated entirely or partially within a county
that is or was |
20 | | subject to the
provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the |
21 | | Property Tax Code (a)
an amount equal to the total amount by |
22 | | which the
homestead exemption allowed under Section 15-176 or |
23 | | 15-177 of the Property Tax Code for
real
property situated in |
24 | | that school district exceeds the total amount that would
have |
25 | | been
allowed in that school district if the maximum reduction |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 170 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | under Section 15-176
was
(i) $4,500 in Cook County or $3,500 in |
2 | | all other counties in tax year 2003 or (ii) $5,000 in all |
3 | | counties in tax year 2004 and thereafter and (b) an amount |
4 | | equal to the aggregate amount for the taxable year of all |
5 | | additional exemptions under Section 15-175 of the Property Tax |
6 | | Code for owners with a household income of $30,000 or less. The |
7 | | county clerk of any county that is or was subject to the |
8 | | provisions of Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
9 | | shall
annually calculate and certify to the Department of |
10 | | Revenue for each school
district all
homestead exemption |
11 | | amounts under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code |
12 | | and all amounts of additional exemptions under Section 15-175 |
13 | | of the Property Tax Code for owners with a household income of |
14 | | $30,000 or less. It is the intent of this paragraph that if the |
15 | | general homestead exemption for a parcel of property is |
16 | | determined under Section 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax |
17 | | Code rather than Section 15-175, then the calculation of |
18 | | Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the |
19 | | difference, if any, between the amount of the general homestead |
20 | | exemption allowed for that parcel of property under Section |
21 | | 15-176 or 15-177 of the Property Tax Code and the amount that |
22 | | would have been allowed had the general homestead exemption for |
23 | | that parcel of property been determined under Section 15-175 of |
24 | | the Property Tax Code. It is further the intent of this |
25 | | paragraph that if additional exemptions are allowed under |
26 | | Section 15-175 of the Property Tax Code for owners with a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 171 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | household income of less than $30,000, then the calculation of |
2 | | Available Local Resources shall not be affected by the |
3 | | difference, if any, because of those additional exemptions. |
4 | | This equalized assessed valuation, as adjusted further by |
5 | | the requirements of
this subsection, shall be utilized in the |
6 | | calculation of Available Local
Resources. |
7 | | (2) The equalized assessed valuation in paragraph (1) shall |
8 | | be adjusted, as
applicable, in the following manner: |
9 | | (a) For the purposes of calculating State aid under |
10 | | this Section,
with respect to any part of a school district |
11 | | within a redevelopment
project area in respect to which a |
12 | | municipality has adopted tax
increment allocation |
13 | | financing pursuant to the Tax Increment Allocation
|
14 | | Redevelopment Act, Sections 11-74.4-1 through 11-74.4-11 |
15 | | of the Illinois
Municipal Code or the Industrial Jobs |
16 | | Recovery Law, Sections 11-74.6-1 through
11-74.6-50 of the |
17 | | Illinois Municipal Code, no part of the current equalized
|
18 | | assessed valuation of real property located in any such |
19 | | project area which is
attributable to an increase above the |
20 | | total initial equalized assessed
valuation of such |
21 | | property shall be used as part of the equalized assessed
|
22 | | valuation of the district, until such time as all
|
23 | | redevelopment project costs have been paid, as provided in |
24 | | Section 11-74.4-8
of the Tax Increment Allocation |
25 | | Redevelopment Act or in Section 11-74.6-35 of
the |
26 | | Industrial Jobs Recovery Law. For the purpose of
the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 172 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | equalized assessed valuation of the
district, the total |
2 | | initial equalized assessed valuation or the current
|
3 | | equalized assessed valuation, whichever is lower, shall be |
4 | | used until
such time as all redevelopment project costs |
5 | | have been paid. |
6 | | (b) The real property equalized assessed valuation for |
7 | | a school district
shall be adjusted by subtracting from the |
8 | | real property
value as equalized or assessed by the |
9 | | Department of Revenue for the
district an amount computed |
10 | | by dividing the amount of any abatement of
taxes under |
11 | | Section 18-170 of the Property Tax Code by 3.00% for a |
12 | | district
maintaining grades kindergarten through 12, by |
13 | | 2.30% for a district
maintaining grades kindergarten |
14 | | through 8, or by 1.05% for a
district
maintaining grades 9 |
15 | | through 12 and adjusted by an amount computed by dividing
|
16 | | the amount of any abatement of taxes under subsection (a) |
17 | | of Section 18-165 of
the Property Tax Code by the same |
18 | | percentage rates for district type as
specified in this |
19 | | subparagraph (b). |
20 | | (3) For the 1999-2000 school year and each school year |
21 | | thereafter, if a
school district meets all of the criteria of |
22 | | this subsection (G)(3), the school
district's Available Local |
23 | | Resources shall be calculated under subsection (D)
using the |
24 | | district's Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation |
25 | | as
calculated under this
subsection (G)(3). |
26 | | For purposes of this subsection (G)(3) the following terms |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 173 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | shall have
the following meanings: |
2 | | "Budget Year": The school year for which general State |
3 | | aid is calculated
and
awarded under subsection (E). |
4 | | "Base Tax Year": The property tax levy year used to |
5 | | calculate the Budget
Year
allocation of general State aid. |
6 | | "Preceding Tax Year": The property tax levy year |
7 | | immediately preceding the
Base Tax Year. |
8 | | "Base Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of the |
9 | | equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County Clerk |
10 | | in the Base Tax Year multiplied by the
limiting rate as |
11 | | calculated by the County Clerk and defined in the Property |
12 | | Tax
Extension Limitation Law. |
13 | | "Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension": The product of |
14 | | the equalized assessed
valuation utilized by the County |
15 | | Clerk in the Preceding Tax Year multiplied by
the Operating |
16 | | Tax Rate as defined in subsection (A). |
17 | | "Extension Limitation Ratio": A numerical ratio, |
18 | | certified by the
County Clerk, in which the numerator is |
19 | | the Base Tax Year's Tax
Extension and the denominator is |
20 | | the Preceding Tax Year's Tax Extension. |
21 | | "Operating Tax Rate": The operating tax rate as defined |
22 | | in subsection (A). |
23 | | If a school district is subject to property tax extension |
24 | | limitations as
imposed under
the Property Tax Extension |
25 | | Limitation Law, the State Board of Education shall
calculate |
26 | | the Extension
Limitation
Equalized Assessed Valuation of that |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 174 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | district. For the 1999-2000 school
year, the
Extension |
2 | | Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a school district as
|
3 | | calculated by the State Board of Education shall be equal to |
4 | | the product of the
district's 1996 Equalized Assessed Valuation |
5 | | and the district's Extension
Limitation Ratio. Except as |
6 | | otherwise provided in this paragraph for a school district that |
7 | | has approved or does approve an increase in its limiting rate, |
8 | | for the 2000-2001 school year and each school year
thereafter,
|
9 | | the Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation of a |
10 | | school district as
calculated by the State Board of Education |
11 | | shall be equal to the product of
the Equalized Assessed |
12 | | Valuation last used in the calculation of general State
aid and |
13 | | the
district's Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
14 | | Limitation
Equalized
Assessed Valuation of a school district as |
15 | | calculated under
this subsection (G)(3) is less than the |
16 | | district's equalized assessed valuation
as calculated pursuant |
17 | | to subsections (G)(1) and (G)(2), then for purposes of
|
18 | | calculating the district's general State aid for the Budget |
19 | | Year pursuant to
subsection (E), that Extension
Limitation |
20 | | Equalized Assessed Valuation shall be utilized to calculate the
|
21 | | district's Available Local Resources
under subsection (D). For |
22 | | the 2009-2010 school year and each school year thereafter, if a |
23 | | school district has approved or does approve an increase in its |
24 | | limiting rate, pursuant to Section 18-190 of the Property Tax |
25 | | Code, affecting the Base Tax Year, the Extension Limitation |
26 | | Equalized Assessed Valuation of the school district, as |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 175 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | calculated by the State Board of Education, shall be equal to |
2 | | the product of the Equalized Assessed Valuation last used in |
3 | | the calculation of general State aid times an amount equal to |
4 | | one plus the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price |
5 | | Index for all Urban Consumers for all items published by the |
6 | | United States Department of Labor for the 12-month calendar |
7 | | year preceding the Base Tax Year, plus the Equalized Assessed |
8 | | Valuation of new property, annexed property, and recovered tax |
9 | | increment value and minus the Equalized Assessed Valuation of |
10 | | disconnected property. New property and recovered tax |
11 | | increment value shall have the meanings set forth in the |
12 | | Property Tax Extension Limitation Law. |
13 | | Partial elementary unit districts created in accordance |
14 | | with Article 11E of this Code shall not be eligible for the |
15 | | adjustment in this subsection (G)(3) until the fifth year |
16 | | following the effective date of the reorganization.
|
17 | | (3.5) For the 2010-2011 school year and each school year |
18 | | thereafter, if a school district's boundaries span multiple |
19 | | counties, then the Department of Revenue shall send to the |
20 | | State Board of Education, for the purpose of calculating |
21 | | general State aid, the limiting rate and individual rates by |
22 | | purpose for the county that contains the majority of the school |
23 | | district's Equalized Assessed Valuation. |
24 | | (4) For the purposes of calculating general State aid for |
25 | | the 1999-2000
school year only, if a school district |
26 | | experienced a triennial reassessment on
the equalized assessed |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 176 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | valuation used in calculating its general State
financial aid |
2 | | apportionment for the 1998-1999 school year, the State Board of
|
3 | | Education shall calculate the Extension Limitation Equalized |
4 | | Assessed Valuation
that would have been used to calculate the |
5 | | district's 1998-1999 general State
aid. This amount shall equal |
6 | | the product of the equalized assessed valuation
used to
|
7 | | calculate general State aid for the 1997-1998 school year and |
8 | | the district's
Extension Limitation Ratio. If the Extension |
9 | | Limitation Equalized Assessed
Valuation of the school district |
10 | | as calculated under this paragraph (4) is
less than the |
11 | | district's equalized assessed valuation utilized in |
12 | | calculating
the
district's 1998-1999 general State aid |
13 | | allocation, then for purposes of
calculating the district's |
14 | | general State aid pursuant to paragraph (5) of
subsection (E),
|
15 | | that Extension Limitation Equalized Assessed Valuation shall |
16 | | be utilized to
calculate the district's Available Local |
17 | | Resources. |
18 | | (5) For school districts having a majority of their |
19 | | equalized assessed
valuation in any county except Cook, DuPage, |
20 | | Kane, Lake, McHenry, or Will, if
the amount of general State |
21 | | aid allocated to the school district for the
1999-2000 school |
22 | | year under the provisions of subsection (E), (H), and (J) of
|
23 | | this Section is less than the amount of general State aid |
24 | | allocated to the
district for the 1998-1999 school year under |
25 | | these subsections, then the
general
State aid of the district |
26 | | for the 1999-2000 school year only shall be increased
by the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 177 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | difference between these amounts. The total payments made under |
2 | | this
paragraph (5) shall not exceed $14,000,000. Claims shall |
3 | | be prorated if they
exceed $14,000,000.
|
4 | | (H) Supplemental General State Aid. |
5 | | (1) In addition to the general State aid a school district |
6 | | is allotted
pursuant to subsection (E), qualifying school |
7 | | districts shall receive a grant,
paid in conjunction with a |
8 | | district's payments of general State aid, for
supplemental |
9 | | general State aid based upon the concentration level of |
10 | | children
from low-income households within the school |
11 | | district.
Supplemental State aid grants provided for school |
12 | | districts under this
subsection shall be appropriated for |
13 | | distribution to school districts as part
of the same line item |
14 | | in which the general State financial aid of school
districts is |
15 | | appropriated under this Section.
|
16 | | (1.5) This paragraph (1.5) applies only to those school |
17 | | years
preceding the 2003-2004 school year.
For purposes of this
|
18 | | subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
19 | | shall be the
low-income
eligible pupil count from the most |
20 | | recently available federal census divided by
the Average Daily |
21 | | Attendance of the school district.
If, however, (i) the |
22 | | percentage decrease from the 2 most recent federal
censuses
in |
23 | | the low-income eligible pupil count of a high school district |
24 | | with fewer
than 400 students exceeds by 75% or more the |
25 | | percentage change in the total
low-income eligible pupil count |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 178 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | of contiguous elementary school districts,
whose boundaries |
2 | | are coterminous with the high school district,
or (ii) a high |
3 | | school district within 2 counties and serving 5 elementary
|
4 | | school
districts, whose boundaries are coterminous with the |
5 | | high school
district, has a percentage decrease from the 2 most |
6 | | recent federal
censuses in the low-income eligible pupil count |
7 | | and there is a percentage
increase in the total low-income |
8 | | eligible pupil count of a majority of the
elementary school |
9 | | districts in excess of 50% from the 2 most recent
federal |
10 | | censuses, then
the
high school district's low-income eligible |
11 | | pupil count from the earlier federal
census
shall be the number |
12 | | used as the low-income eligible pupil count for the high
school |
13 | | district, for purposes of this subsection (H).
The changes made |
14 | | to this paragraph (1) by Public Act 92-28 shall apply to
|
15 | | supplemental general State aid
grants for school years |
16 | | preceding the 2003-2004 school year that are paid
in fiscal |
17 | | year 1999 or thereafter
and to
any State aid payments made in |
18 | | fiscal year 1994 through fiscal year
1998 pursuant to |
19 | | subsection 1(n) of Section 18-8 of this Code (which was
|
20 | | repealed on July 1, 1998), and any high school district that is |
21 | | affected by
Public Act 92-28 is
entitled to a
recomputation of |
22 | | its supplemental general State aid grant or State aid
paid in |
23 | | any of those fiscal years. This recomputation shall not be
|
24 | | affected by any other funding. |
25 | | (1.10) This paragraph (1.10) applies to the 2003-2004 |
26 | | school year
through the 2009-2010 school year and each school |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 179 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | year thereafter . For purposes of this subsection (H), the
term |
2 | | "Low-Income Concentration Level" shall, for each fiscal year, |
3 | | be the
low-income eligible
pupil count
as of July 1 of the |
4 | | immediately preceding fiscal year
(as determined by the |
5 | | Department of Human Services based
on the number of pupils
who |
6 | | are eligible for at least one of the following
low income |
7 | | programs: Medicaid, the Children's Health Insurance Program, |
8 | | TANF, or Food Stamps,
excluding pupils who are eligible for |
9 | | services provided by the Department
of Children and Family |
10 | | Services,
averaged over
the 2 immediately preceding fiscal |
11 | | years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3
immediately preceding |
12 | | fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter)
divided by the |
13 | | Average Daily Attendance of the school district. |
14 | | (1.20) This paragraph (1.20) applies to the 2011-2012 |
15 | | school year and each school year thereafter. For purposes of |
16 | | this subsection (H), the term "Low-Income Concentration Level" |
17 | | shall, for each fiscal year, be the low-income eligible pupil |
18 | | count as of July 1 of the immediately preceding fiscal year (as |
19 | | determined by the greater of low income concentration u sing |
20 | | the most recent federal census data, or the Department of Human |
21 | | Services based on the number of pupils who are eligible for at |
22 | | least one of the following low income programs: Medicaid, |
23 | | KidCare, TANF, or Food Stamps, excluding pupils who are |
24 | | eligible for services provided by the Department of Children |
25 | | and Family Services, averaged over the 2 immediately preceding |
26 | | fiscal years for fiscal year 2004 and over the 3 immediately |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 180 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | preceding fiscal years for each fiscal year thereafter) divided |
2 | | by the Average Daily Attendance of the school district. |
3 | | (2) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
4 | | subsection (H) shall
be
provided as follows for the 1998-1999, |
5 | | 1999-2000, and 2000-2001 school years
only: |
6 | | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
7 | | Concentration Level of at
least 20% and less than 35%, the |
8 | | grant for any school year
shall be $800
multiplied by the |
9 | | low income eligible pupil count. |
10 | | (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
11 | | Concentration Level of at
least 35% and less than 50%, the |
12 | | grant for the 1998-1999 school year shall be
$1,100 |
13 | | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. |
14 | | (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
15 | | Concentration Level of at
least 50% and less than 60%, the |
16 | | grant for the 1998-99 school year shall be
$1,500 |
17 | | multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. |
18 | | (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
19 | | Concentration Level of 60%
or more, the grant for the |
20 | | 1998-99 school year shall be $1,900 multiplied by
the low |
21 | | income eligible pupil count. |
22 | | (e) For the 1999-2000 school year, the per pupil amount |
23 | | specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) immediately |
24 | | above shall be increased to $1,243,
$1,600, and $2,000, |
25 | | respectively. |
26 | | (f) For the 2000-2001 school year, the per pupil |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 181 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | amounts specified in
subparagraphs (b), (c), and (d) |
2 | | immediately above shall be
$1,273, $1,640, and $2,050, |
3 | | respectively. |
4 | | (2.5) Supplemental general State aid pursuant to this |
5 | | subsection (H)
shall be provided as follows for the 2002-2003 |
6 | | school year: |
7 | | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
8 | | Concentration Level of less
than 10%, the grant for each |
9 | | school year shall be $355 multiplied by the low
income |
10 | | eligible pupil count. |
11 | | (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
12 | | Concentration
Level of at least 10% and less than 20%, the |
13 | | grant for each school year shall
be $675
multiplied by the |
14 | | low income eligible pupil
count. |
15 | | (c) For any school district with a Low Income |
16 | | Concentration
Level of at least 20% and less than 35%, the |
17 | | grant for each school year shall
be $1,330
multiplied by |
18 | | the low income eligible pupil
count. |
19 | | (d) For any school district with a Low Income |
20 | | Concentration
Level of at least 35% and less than 50%, the |
21 | | grant for each school year shall
be $1,362
multiplied by |
22 | | the low income eligible pupil
count. |
23 | | (e) For any school district with a Low Income |
24 | | Concentration
Level of at least 50% and less than 60%, the |
25 | | grant for each school year shall
be $1,680
multiplied by |
26 | | the low income eligible pupil
count. |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 182 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | (f) For any school district with a Low Income |
2 | | Concentration
Level of 60% or more, the grant for each |
3 | | school year shall be $2,080
multiplied by the low income |
4 | | eligible pupil count. |
5 | | (2.10) Except as otherwise provided, supplemental general |
6 | | State aid
pursuant to this subsection
(H) shall be provided as |
7 | | follows for the 2003-2004 school year and each
school year |
8 | | thereafter: |
9 | | (a) For any school district with a Low Income |
10 | | Concentration
Level of 15% or less, the grant for each |
11 | | school year
shall be $355 multiplied by the low income |
12 | | eligible pupil count. For the 2011-2012 school year and |
13 | | each school year thereafter, the grant shall be $355, |
14 | | increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the ECI |
15 | | published for the immediately preceding school year, and |
16 | | then multiplied by the low income eligible pupil count. |
17 | | (b) For any school district with a Low Income |
18 | | Concentration
Level greater than 15%, the grant for each |
19 | | school year shall be
$294.25 added to the product of $2,700 |
20 | | and the square of the Low
Income Concentration Level, all |
21 | | multiplied by the low income
eligible pupil count. For the |
22 | | 2011-2012 school year and each school year thereafter, the |
23 | | grant shall be $294.25, increased by the percentage |
24 | | increase, if any, in the ECI published for the immediately |
25 | | preceding school year, then added to the product of (i) |
26 | | $2,700, which amount shall be increased by the percentage |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 183 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | increase, if any, in the ECI published for the immediately |
2 | | preceding school year and (ii) the square of the Low Income |
3 | | Concentration Level, and then all multiplied by the low |
4 | | income eligible pupil count. |
5 | | For the 2003-2004 school year and each school year |
6 | | thereafter through the 2008-2009 school year only, the grant |
7 | | shall be no less than the
grant
for
the 2002-2003 school year. |
8 | | For the 2009-2010 school year only, the grant shall
be no
less |
9 | | than the grant for the 2002-2003 school year multiplied by |
10 | | 0.66. For the 2010-2011
school year only, the grant shall be no |
11 | | less than the grant for the 2002-2003
school year
multiplied by |
12 | | 0.33. Notwithstanding the provisions of this paragraph to the |
13 | | contrary, if for any school year supplemental general State aid |
14 | | grants are prorated as provided in paragraph (1) of this |
15 | | subsection (H), then the grants under this paragraph shall be |
16 | | prorated.
|
17 | | For the 2003-2004 school year only, the grant shall be no |
18 | | greater
than the grant received during the 2002-2003 school |
19 | | year added to the
product of 0.25 multiplied by the difference |
20 | | between the grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) |
21 | | of this paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the |
22 | | grant received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the |
23 | | 2004-2005 school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
|
24 | | the grant received during the 2002-2003 school year added to |
25 | | the
product of 0.50 multiplied by the difference between the |
26 | | grant amount
calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 184 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | paragraph (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant |
2 | | received during the 2002-2003 school year.
For the 2005-2006 |
3 | | school year only, the grant shall be no greater than
the grant |
4 | | received during the 2002-2003 school year added to the
product |
5 | | of 0.75 multiplied by the difference between the grant amount
|
6 | | calculated under subsection (a) or (b) of this paragraph |
7 | | (2.10), whichever
is applicable, and the grant received during |
8 | | the 2002-2003
school year. |
9 | | (3) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
10 | | more than 1,000
and less than 50,000 that qualify for |
11 | | supplemental general State aid pursuant
to this subsection |
12 | | shall submit a plan to the State Board of Education prior to
|
13 | | October 30 of each year for the use of the funds resulting from |
14 | | this grant of
supplemental general State aid for the |
15 | | improvement of
instruction in which priority is given to |
16 | | meeting the education needs of
disadvantaged children. Such |
17 | | plan shall be submitted in accordance with
rules and |
18 | | regulations promulgated by the State Board of Education. |
19 | | (4) School districts with an Average Daily Attendance of |
20 | | 50,000 or more
that qualify for supplemental general State aid |
21 | | pursuant to this subsection
shall be required to distribute |
22 | | from funds available pursuant to this Section,
no less than |
23 | | $261,000,000 in accordance with the following requirements: |
24 | | (a) The required amounts shall be distributed to the |
25 | | attendance centers
within the district in proportion to the |
26 | | number of pupils enrolled at each
attendance center who are |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 185 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | eligible to receive free or reduced-price lunches or
|
2 | | breakfasts under the federal Child Nutrition Act of 1966 |
3 | | and under the National
School Lunch Act during the |
4 | | immediately preceding school year. |
5 | | (b) The distribution of these portions of supplemental |
6 | | and general State
aid among attendance centers according to |
7 | | these requirements shall not be
compensated for or |
8 | | contravened by adjustments of the total of other funds
|
9 | | appropriated to any attendance centers, and the Board of |
10 | | Education shall
utilize funding from one or several sources |
11 | | in order to fully implement this
provision annually prior |
12 | | to the opening of school. |
13 | | (c) Each attendance center shall be provided by the
|
14 | | school district a distribution of noncategorical funds and |
15 | | other
categorical funds to which an attendance center is |
16 | | entitled under law in
order that the general State aid and |
17 | | supplemental general State aid provided
by application of |
18 | | this subsection supplements rather than supplants the
|
19 | | noncategorical funds and other categorical funds provided |
20 | | by the school
district to the attendance centers. |
21 | | (d) Any funds made available under this subsection that |
22 | | by reason of the
provisions of this subsection are not
|
23 | | required to be allocated and provided to attendance centers |
24 | | may be used and
appropriated by the board of the district |
25 | | for any lawful school purpose. |
26 | | (e) Funds received by an attendance center
pursuant to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 186 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | this
subsection shall be used
by the attendance center at |
2 | | the discretion
of the principal and local school council |
3 | | for programs to improve educational
opportunities at |
4 | | qualifying schools through the following programs and
|
5 | | services: early childhood education, reduced class size or |
6 | | improved adult to
student classroom ratio, enrichment |
7 | | programs, remedial assistance, attendance
improvement, and |
8 | | other educationally beneficial expenditures which
|
9 | | supplement
the regular and basic programs as determined by |
10 | | the State Board of Education.
Funds provided shall not be |
11 | | expended for any political or lobbying purposes
as defined |
12 | | by board rule. |
13 | | (f) Each district subject to the provisions of this |
14 | | subdivision (H)(4)
shall submit an
acceptable plan to meet |
15 | | the educational needs of disadvantaged children, in
|
16 | | compliance with the requirements of this paragraph, to the |
17 | | State Board of
Education prior to July 15 of each year. |
18 | | This plan shall be consistent with the
decisions of local |
19 | | school councils concerning the school expenditure plans
|
20 | | developed in accordance with part 4 of Section 34-2.3. The |
21 | | State Board shall
approve or reject the plan within 60 days |
22 | | after its submission. If the plan is
rejected, the district |
23 | | shall give written notice of intent to modify the plan
|
24 | | within 15 days of the notification of rejection and then |
25 | | submit a modified plan
within 30 days after the date of the |
26 | | written notice of intent to modify.
Districts may amend |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 187 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | approved plans pursuant to rules promulgated by the State
|
2 | | Board of Education. |
3 | | Upon notification by the State Board of Education that |
4 | | the district has
not submitted a plan prior to July 15 or a |
5 | | modified plan within the time
period specified herein, the
|
6 | | State aid funds affected by that plan or modified plan |
7 | | shall be withheld by the
State Board of Education until a |
8 | | plan or modified plan is submitted. |
9 | | If the district fails to distribute State aid to |
10 | | attendance centers in
accordance with an approved plan, the |
11 | | plan for the following year shall
allocate funds, in |
12 | | addition to the funds otherwise required by this
|
13 | | subsection, to those attendance centers which were |
14 | | underfunded during the
previous year in amounts equal to |
15 | | such underfunding. |
16 | | For purposes of determining compliance with this |
17 | | subsection in relation
to the requirements of attendance |
18 | | center funding, each district subject to the
provisions of |
19 | | this
subsection shall submit as a separate document by |
20 | | December 1 of each year a
report of expenditure data for |
21 | | the prior year in addition to any
modification of its |
22 | | current plan. If it is determined that there has been
a |
23 | | failure to comply with the expenditure provisions of this |
24 | | subsection
regarding contravention or supplanting, the |
25 | | State Superintendent of
Education shall, within 60 days of |
26 | | receipt of the report, notify the
district and any affected |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 188 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | local school council. The district shall within
45 days of |
2 | | receipt of that notification inform the State |
3 | | Superintendent of
Education of the remedial or corrective |
4 | | action to be taken, whether by
amendment of the current |
5 | | plan, if feasible, or by adjustment in the plan
for the |
6 | | following year. Failure to provide the expenditure report |
7 | | or the
notification of remedial or corrective action in a |
8 | | timely manner shall
result in a withholding of the affected |
9 | | funds. |
10 | | The State Board of Education shall promulgate rules and |
11 | | regulations
to implement the provisions of this |
12 | | subsection. No funds shall be released
under this |
13 | | subdivision (H)(4) to any district that has not submitted a |
14 | | plan
that has been approved by the State Board of |
15 | | Education.
|
16 | | (I) (Blank). |
17 | | (I-5) General State Aid for Newly Configured School Districts. |
18 | | (1) For a new school district formed by combining property |
19 | | included totally within 2 or more previously existing school |
20 | | districts, for its first year of existence the general State |
21 | | aid and supplemental general State aid calculated under this |
22 | | Section shall be computed for the new district and for the |
23 | | previously existing districts for which property is totally |
24 | | included within the new district. If the computation on the |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 189 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | basis of the previously existing districts is greater, a |
2 | | supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for |
3 | | the first 4 years of existence of the new district. |
4 | | (2) For a school district which annexes all of the |
5 | | territory of one or more entire other school districts, for the |
6 | | first year during which the change of boundaries attributable |
7 | | to such annexation becomes effective for all purposes as |
8 | | determined under Section 7-9 or 7A-8, the general State aid and |
9 | | supplemental general State aid calculated under this Section |
10 | | shall be computed for the annexing district as constituted |
11 | | after the annexation and for the annexing and each annexed |
12 | | district as constituted prior to the annexation; and if the |
13 | | computation on the basis of the annexing and annexed districts |
14 | | as constituted prior to the annexation is greater, a |
15 | | supplementary payment equal to the difference shall be made for |
16 | | the first 4 years of existence of the annexing school district |
17 | | as constituted upon such annexation. |
18 | | (3) For 2 or more school districts which annex all of the |
19 | | territory of one or more entire other school districts, and for |
20 | | 2 or more community unit districts which result upon the |
21 | | division (pursuant to petition under Section 11A-2) of one or |
22 | | more other unit school districts into 2 or more parts and which |
23 | | together include all of the parts into which such other unit |
24 | | school district or districts are so divided, for the first year |
25 | | during which the change of boundaries attributable to such |
26 | | annexation or division becomes effective for all purposes as |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 190 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | determined under Section 7-9 or 11A-10, as the case may be, the |
2 | | general State aid and supplemental general State aid calculated |
3 | | under this Section shall be computed for each annexing or |
4 | | resulting district as constituted after the annexation or |
5 | | division and for each annexing and annexed district, or for |
6 | | each resulting and divided district, as constituted prior to |
7 | | the annexation or division; and if the aggregate of the general |
8 | | State aid and supplemental general State aid as so computed for |
9 | | the annexing or resulting districts as constituted after the |
10 | | annexation or division is less than the aggregate of the |
11 | | general State aid and supplemental general State aid as so |
12 | | computed for the annexing and annexed districts, or for the |
13 | | resulting and divided districts, as constituted prior to the |
14 | | annexation or division, then a supplementary payment equal to |
15 | | the difference shall be made and allocated between or among the |
16 | | annexing or resulting districts, as constituted upon such |
17 | | annexation or division, for the first 4 years of their |
18 | | existence. The total difference payment shall be allocated |
19 | | between or among the annexing or resulting districts in the |
20 | | same ratio as the pupil enrollment from that portion of the |
21 | | annexed or divided district or districts which is annexed to or |
22 | | included in each such annexing or resulting district bears to |
23 | | the total pupil enrollment from the entire annexed or divided |
24 | | district or districts, as such pupil enrollment is determined |
25 | | for the school year last ending prior to the date when the |
26 | | change of boundaries attributable to the annexation or division |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 191 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | becomes effective for all purposes. The amount of the total |
2 | | difference payment and the amount thereof to be allocated to |
3 | | the annexing or resulting districts shall be computed by the |
4 | | State Board of Education on the basis of pupil enrollment and |
5 | | other data which shall be certified to the State Board of |
6 | | Education, on forms which it shall provide for that purpose, by |
7 | | the regional superintendent of schools for each educational |
8 | | service region in which the annexing and annexed districts, or |
9 | | resulting and divided districts are located.
(3.5) Claims for |
10 | | financial assistance under this subsection (I) shall not be |
11 | | recomputed except as expressly provided under this Section. |
12 | | (4) Any supplementary payment made under this subsection
|
13 | | (I) shall be treated as separate from all other payments made |
14 | | pursuant to this Section.
|
15 | | (J) Supplementary Grants in Aid. |
16 | | (1) Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Section, |
17 | | the amount of the
aggregate general State aid in combination |
18 | | with supplemental general State aid
under this Section for |
19 | | which
each school district is eligible shall be no
less than |
20 | | the amount of the aggregate general State aid entitlement that |
21 | | was
received by the district under Section
18-8 (exclusive of |
22 | | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
23 | | Section)
for the 1997-98 school year,
pursuant to the |
24 | | provisions of that Section as it was then in effect.
If a |
25 | | school district qualifies to receive a supplementary payment |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 192 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | made under
this subsection (J), the amount
of the aggregate |
2 | | general State aid in combination with supplemental general
|
3 | | State aid under this Section
which that district is eligible to |
4 | | receive for each school year shall be no less than the amount |
5 | | of the aggregate
general State aid entitlement that was |
6 | | received by the district under
Section 18-8 (exclusive of |
7 | | amounts received
under subsections 5(p) and 5(p-5) of that |
8 | | Section)
for the 1997-1998 school year, pursuant to the |
9 | | provisions of that
Section as it was then in effect. |
10 | | (2) If, as provided in paragraph (1) of this subsection |
11 | | (J), a school
district is to receive aggregate general State |
12 | | aid in
combination with supplemental general State aid under |
13 | | this Section for the 1998-99 school year and any subsequent |
14 | | school
year that in any such school year is less than the |
15 | | amount of the aggregate
general
State
aid entitlement that the |
16 | | district received for the 1997-98 school year, the
school |
17 | | district shall also receive, from a separate appropriation made |
18 | | for
purposes of this subsection (J), a supplementary payment |
19 | | that is equal to the
amount of the difference in the aggregate |
20 | | State aid figures as described in
paragraph (1). |
21 | | (3) (Blank).
|
22 | | (K) Grants to Laboratory and Alternative Schools. |
23 | | In calculating the amount to be paid to the governing board |
24 | | of a public
university that operates a laboratory school under |
25 | | this Section or to any
alternative school that is operated by a |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 193 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | regional superintendent of schools,
the State
Board of |
2 | | Education shall require by rule such reporting requirements as |
3 | | it
deems necessary. |
4 | | As used in this Section, "laboratory school" means a public |
5 | | school which is
created and operated by a public university and |
6 | | approved by the State Board of
Education. The governing board |
7 | | of a public university which receives funds
from the State |
8 | | Board under this subsection (K) may not increase the number of
|
9 | | students enrolled in its laboratory
school from a single |
10 | | district, if that district is already sending 50 or more
|
11 | | students, except under a mutual agreement between the school |
12 | | board of a
student's district of residence and the university |
13 | | which operates the
laboratory school. A laboratory school may |
14 | | not have more than 1,000 students,
excluding students with |
15 | | disabilities in a special education program. |
16 | | As used in this Section, "alternative school" means a |
17 | | public school which is
created and operated by a Regional |
18 | | Superintendent of Schools and approved by
the State Board of |
19 | | Education. Such alternative schools may offer courses of
|
20 | | instruction for which credit is given in regular school |
21 | | programs, courses to
prepare students for the high school |
22 | | equivalency testing program or vocational
and occupational |
23 | | training. A regional superintendent of schools may contract
|
24 | | with a school district or a public community college district |
25 | | to operate an
alternative school. An alternative school serving |
26 | | more than one educational
service region may be established by |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 194 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | the regional superintendents of schools
of the affected |
2 | | educational service regions. An alternative school
serving |
3 | | more than one educational service region may be operated under |
4 | | such
terms as the regional superintendents of schools of those |
5 | | educational service
regions may agree. |
6 | | Each laboratory and alternative school shall file, on forms |
7 | | provided by the
State Superintendent of Education, an annual |
8 | | State aid claim which states the
Average Daily Attendance of |
9 | | the school's students by month. The best 3 months'
Average |
10 | | Daily Attendance shall be computed for each school.
The general |
11 | | State aid entitlement shall be computed by multiplying the
|
12 | | applicable Average Daily Attendance by the Foundation Level as |
13 | | determined under
this Section.
|
14 | | (L) Payments, Additional Grants in Aid and Other Requirements. |
15 | | (1) For a school district operating under the financial |
16 | | supervision
of an Authority created under Article 34A, the |
17 | | general State aid otherwise
payable to that district under this |
18 | | Section, but not the supplemental general
State aid, shall be |
19 | | reduced by an amount equal to the budget for
the operations of |
20 | | the Authority as certified by the Authority to the State
Board |
21 | | of Education, and an amount equal to such reduction shall be |
22 | | paid
to the Authority created for such district for its |
23 | | operating expenses in
the manner provided in Section 18-11. The |
24 | | remainder
of general State school aid for any such district |
25 | | shall be paid in accordance
with Article 34A when that Article |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 195 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | provides for a disposition other than that
provided by this |
2 | | Article. |
3 | | (2) (Blank). |
4 | | (3) Summer school. Summer school payments shall be made as |
5 | | provided in
Section 18-4.3.
|
6 | | (M) Education Funding Advisory Board. |
7 | | The Education Funding Advisory
Board, hereinafter in this |
8 | | subsection (M) referred to as the "Board", is hereby
created. |
9 | | The Board
shall consist of 5 members who are appointed by the |
10 | | Governor, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate. The |
11 | | members appointed shall include
representatives of education, |
12 | | business, and the general public. One of the
members so |
13 | | appointed shall be
designated by the Governor at the time the |
14 | | appointment is made as the
chairperson of the
Board.
The |
15 | | initial members of the Board may
be appointed any time after |
16 | | the effective date of this amendatory Act of
1997. The regular |
17 | | term of each member of the
Board shall be for 4 years from the |
18 | | third Monday of January of the
year in which the term of the |
19 | | member's appointment is to commence, except that
of the 5 |
20 | | initial members appointed to serve on the
Board, the member who |
21 | | is appointed as the chairperson shall serve for
a term that |
22 | | commences on the date of his or her appointment and expires on |
23 | | the
third Monday of January, 2002, and the remaining 4 members, |
24 | | by lots drawn at
the first meeting of the Board that is
held
|
25 | | after all 5 members are appointed, shall determine 2 of their |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 196 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | number to serve
for terms that commence on the date of their
|
2 | | respective appointments and expire on the third
Monday of |
3 | | January, 2001,
and 2 of their number to serve for terms that |
4 | | commence
on the date of their respective appointments and |
5 | | expire on the third Monday
of January, 2000. All members |
6 | | appointed to serve on the
Board shall serve until their |
7 | | respective successors are
appointed and confirmed. Vacancies |
8 | | shall be filled in the same manner as
original appointments. If |
9 | | a vacancy in membership occurs at a time when the
Senate is not |
10 | | in session, the Governor shall make a temporary appointment |
11 | | until
the next meeting of the Senate, when he or she shall |
12 | | appoint, by and with the
advice and consent of the Senate, a |
13 | | person to fill that membership for the
unexpired term. If the |
14 | | Senate is not in session when the initial appointments
are |
15 | | made, those appointments shall
be made as in the case of |
16 | | vacancies. |
17 | | The Education Funding Advisory Board shall be deemed |
18 | | established,
and the initial
members appointed by the Governor |
19 | | to serve as members of the
Board shall take office,
on the date |
20 | | that the
Governor makes his or her appointment of the fifth |
21 | | initial member of the
Board, whether those initial members are |
22 | | then serving
pursuant to appointment and confirmation or |
23 | | pursuant to temporary appointments
that are made by the |
24 | | Governor as in the case of vacancies. |
25 | | The State Board of Education shall provide such staff |
26 | | assistance to the
Education Funding Advisory Board as is |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 197 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | reasonably required for the proper
performance by the Board of |
2 | | its responsibilities. |
3 | | For school years after the 2000-2001 school year, the |
4 | | Education
Funding Advisory Board, in consultation with the |
5 | | State Board of Education,
shall make recommendations as |
6 | | provided in this subsection (M) to the General
Assembly for the |
7 | | foundation level under subdivision (B)(3) of this Section and
|
8 | | for the
supplemental general State aid grant level under |
9 | | subsection (H) of this Section
for districts with high |
10 | | concentrations of children from poverty. The
recommended |
11 | | foundation level shall be determined based on a methodology |
12 | | which
incorporates the basic education expenditures of |
13 | | low-spending schools
exhibiting high academic performance. The |
14 | | Education Funding Advisory Board
shall make such |
15 | | recommendations to the General Assembly on January 1 of odd
|
16 | | numbered years, beginning January 1, 2001.
|
17 | | (N) (Blank).
|
18 | | (O) References. |
19 | | (1) References in other laws to the various subdivisions of
|
20 | | Section 18-8 as that Section existed before its repeal and |
21 | | replacement by this
Section 18-8.05 shall be deemed to refer to |
22 | | the corresponding provisions of
this Section 18-8.05, to the |
23 | | extent that those references remain applicable. |
24 | | (2) References in other laws to State Chapter 1 funds shall |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 198 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | be deemed to
refer to the supplemental general State aid |
2 | | provided under subsection (H) of
this Section. |
3 | | (P) Public Act 93-838 and Public Act 93-808 make inconsistent |
4 | | changes to this Section. Under Section 6 of the Statute on |
5 | | Statutes there is an irreconcilable conflict between Public Act |
6 | | 93-808 and Public Act 93-838. Public Act 93-838, being the last |
7 | | acted upon, is controlling. The text of Public Act 93-838 is |
8 | | the law regardless of the text of Public Act 93-808. |
9 | | (Source: P.A. 95-331, eff. 8-21-07; 95-644, eff. 10-12-07; |
10 | | 95-707, eff. 1-11-08; 95-744, eff. 7-18-08; 95-903, eff. |
11 | | 8-25-08; 96-45, eff. 7-15-09; 96-152, eff. 8-7-09; 96-300, eff. |
12 | | 8-11-09; 96-328, eff. 8-11-09; 96-640, eff. 8-24-09; 96-959, |
13 | | eff. 7-1-10; 96-1000, eff. 7-2-10; 96-1480, eff. 11-18-10; |
14 | | revised 11-24-10.) |
15 | | (105 ILCS 5/18-8.15 new) |
16 | | Sec. 18-8.15. Education appropriation minimum. At a |
17 | | minimum, the General Assembly shall appropriate from the |
18 | | General Revenue Fund to the Common School Fund for fiscal year |
19 | | 2012 and each fiscal year thereafter, an amount equal to the |
20 | | following (the "education appropriation minimum"): |
21 | | (1) for fiscal years 2012 through and including 2017, a |
22 | | total appropriation equal to the sum of (A) all amounts |
23 | | appropriated to the Common School Fund for the immediately |
24 | | preceding fiscal year, plus (B) the amount necessary to |
|
| | 09600HB1665ham001 | - 199 - | LRB096 05243 HLH 44780 a |
|
|
1 | | increase the Foundation Level of support per student as |
2 | | provided under subsection (B)(4) of Section 18-8.05 of this |
3 | | Code, plus (B) the amounts determined under Sections |
4 | | 14-13.01(a) and 5/IC-2(d) of the School Code; and |
5 | | (2) for each fiscal year thereafter, a total |
6 | | appropriation equal to (A) the Education Appropriation |
7 | | Minimum for the immediately preceding fiscal year, |
8 | | increased by the percentage increase, if any, in the ECI |
9 | | for the last, complete immediately preceding calendar year |
10 | | or (B) such greater amount as the General Assembly may |
11 | | appropriate. ".
|